25.1
Introduction
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series G in Eaton Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series C in Eaton Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T25-132 V4-T25-132 V4-T25-133 V4-T25-133
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25.2
Series G
Globally Accepted Breakers Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T25-134 V4-T25-136 V4-T25-137 V4-T25-139 V4-T25-144 V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240 V4-T25-241 V4-T25-244 V4-T25-250
25.3
Series C
North American Standards and Special Application Breakers Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
25.4
Universal
When Higher Interrupting Ratings Are Not Required Universal Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T25-490
25.5
Specialty
Specialty Breakers Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T25-504 V4-T25-510 V4-T25-521 V4-T25-544 V4-T25-558
Learn Online
Drawings Online
V4-T25-131
25.1
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-132
Contents
Description Introduction Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specialty Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online
Product Overview
Series G vs. Series C
Eatons Electrical Sector, under the Eaton brand, offers the widest variety of molded case circuit breakers available today. Designed for electrical and machinery OEMs serving a range of industries and applications, these proven designs incorporate the latest in innovation with the high reliability that has been our hallmark since the advent of the circuit breaker in the 1920s. The Series C family ranges from 152500 amperes, and includes thermal-magnetic breakers, electronic trip breakers, molded case switches, motor circuit protectors, and specially designed breakers for engine generator, DC and mining applications. The new Series G line features an average 35% size reduction, common field-installable internal accessories, and advanced trip unit functionality that eliminates the need for rating plugs. These breakers meet the requirements of UL, CSA, IEC, CCC and CE, allowing the OEM to standardize on a design that meets the needs of their global customer base.
Application Description
Eaton molded case circuit breakers cover the widest range of applications in the industry:
Feeder Pillars In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection. Switchgear In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection up to 2500 amperes (RG-Frame). Bus Bar Trunking Tap-Offs In bus bar trunking tap-offs to provide circuit protection. Typical Eaton Applications
Individual Enclosures Completely assembled in enclosures to meet specific customer requirements. Additional Applications Special versions of each Eaton frame are available to provide safe equipment control and protection in mining and other applications. Contact your Eaton agent or distributor for additional information.
Electrical OEMs Machinery OEMs Navy breakers: UL 489 Supplement SB MIL-C-17588 MIL-C-17361 ABS/NVR Mining breakers up to 1100 Vac Earth leakage DC breakers 125750 Vdc Engine generator breakers 151200 amperes Current limiting breakers
Typical Applications
Machine Tool Control Panels and Motor Control Centers Designed for these equipment requirements, including new world-class accessories. Panelboards As both main and branch circuit protection devices.
Panelboard
Individual Circuit Breaker Enclosure Bus Bar Trunking Tap-Off Machine Tool Control Panel
Switchboard
25.1
25
Bus Plugs Enclosed Breaker
5P
Enclosed Control
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Series C
Frame FD/ED JD KD LD MDL ND RD
Panelboards 2A Ampere Range 1A 15225 70250 70400 400600 300800 4001200 8002500
3A
5P
Enclosed Control
Bus Plugs
Enclosed Breaker
Notes 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for EG. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for LG. 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.
V4-T25-133
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-134
Contents
Description Series G Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online
Page V4-T25-135 V4-T25-136 V4-T25-137 V4-T25-139 V4-T25-144 V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Product Overview
Series G, 152500 Amperes for UL, CSA & IEC Applications Eaton Series G molded case circuit breakers provide increased performance in considerably less space than standard circuit breakers or comparable fusible devices. The G signifies global applications: Series G circuit breakers are marked with UL, CSA, CE, IEC and KEMA KEUR listings. Other advantages include:
Series C ND and RD designs, but use metric threading on their line and load conductors. The Series G family includes five frame sizes in ratings from 15 to 2500 amperes. Series G offers a choice of several interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480 volts AC (200 kA at 240 volts AC). Standard calibration is 40C. For applications in high ambient temperature conditions, 50C factory calibration is available on thermal-magnetic breakers (not UL).
Eaton circuit breakers are operated by a toggle-type mechanism that is mechanically trip-free from the handle so that the contacts cannot be held closed against short circuit currents. Tripping due to overload or short circuits is clearly indicated by the position on the handle. This remarkably fast and dependable contact action is designed to enhance safety.
Field-t accessories Common accessories through 630 amperes Electronic trip units from 20 to 2500 amperes UL-listed and IEC-rated, 30 mA ground fault/earth leakage modules Built-in ground fault protection down to 20 amperes
The EG, JG and LG frames are designed around spacesaving footprints. The NG and RG use the proven Eaton
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Operating Mechanisms
Eaton circuit breakers have a toggle handle operating mechanism, which also serves as a switching position indicator. The indicator shows the positions of: ON, OFF and TRIPPED. The toggle handle snaps into the TRIPPED position if the breaker is tripped by one of its overcurrent, short circuit, shunt or undervoltage releases. Before the circuit breaker can be reclosed following a trip-out, the toggle handle must be brought beyond the OFF position (RESET). The circuit breaker can then be reclosed. As an additional switching position indicator for EG- to RG-Frame circuit breakers, there are two windows on the right and on the left of the toggle handle, in which the switching state is indicated by means of the colors red, green and white corresponding to the ON, OFF and TRIPPED positions respectively. Positions of the Toggle Handle Drive
OFF Reset
ON
Tripped
Australian Standard AS 2184 and AS 3947-2 molded case circuit breakers British Standards Institution Standard EN60947.2 International Electromechanical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947.2 circuit breakers
National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards Publication No. AB1-1993 molded case circuit breakers South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SANS 156, Standard Specication for molded case circuit breakers Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 947.2, Safety Regulations for circuit breakers
Union Technique de lElectricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements Verband Deutscher Elektrotechnike (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers
ISO Certication
Eaton circuit breakers are manufactured in ISO certified facilities.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-135
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-136
The optional Digitrip RMS 310+ provides additional flat response short time delay adjustments on an instantaneous setting to provide LSI curve shaping capability. Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units are available with ground fault pickup and flat response ground fault delay which provides the trip unit with full function LSG and LSIG curve shaping flexibility. Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units can effectively coordinate with both sophisticated upstream power breakers as well as downstream thermal magnetic breakersmaking Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units the cost-effective reliable choice for selectively coordinated systems. Thermal Memory All Digitrip RMS trip units incorporate a long delay. Thermal memory prevents the system from cumulative overheating due to repeated overcurrent events that may occur in quick succession. Field Testing A field test kit is available for Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units. Arcflash Reduction Maintenance Mode (ARMS) ARMS is an available feature on the LG- and NG-Frame with 310+ electronic trip units. This feature increases worker safety by providing an accelerated instantaneous trip unit to reduce arc flash.
Digitrip RMS 910 trip units can also provide the user with power and energy monitoring capability. Peak power demand, present power demand, and total energy, as well as forward and reverse energy can be monitored with this unit. Digitrip RMS 910 trip units have the additional capability of monitoring line-to-line voltage, as well as system power factor. Both parameters are displayed in the digital display window and are supported by LEDs to indicate which parameter is being displayed. Harmonics Monitoring Digitrip RMS 910 trip units are capable of displaying values of current harmonics in the digital display window. Percentage of harmonic content can be monitored for each phase, up to the 27th harmonic. Additionally, a total harmonic distortion value can be calculated and displayed. Communications Digitrip RMS 910 units have built-in communications options to allow all protection, monitoring, and control information to be transmitted back to a central location via the Eaton PowerNet system. Field Testing Integral field testing capability is provided on all 610 and 910 trip units. No additional test set is needed to perform both trip and no trip field testing.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
25 25 25 25
JG
RG Breaker Type Eaton frame(s) Ampere rating Interrupting rating at 415V Trip Unit Sensing rms sensing Protection and Coordination Protection Ordering options Fixed rating plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long delay Adjustable rating plug (ln) Long delay setting Long delay time I2t at 6x Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short delay Short delay setting Short delay time I2t Short delay time at Short delay time ZSI Instantaneous Instantaneous setting Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground fault Ground fault setting Ground fault delay I2t at 0.62x Ground fault delay at Ground fault ZSI Ground fault thermal memory Notes LS, LSG Yes Yes Yes 0.51.0 (ln) 10 seconds Yes No VAR/frame 100 ms No No No No Yes VAR/Frame No I500 ms No No Yes JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames 202500A 35, 70, 100 kA
LG/NG
25
RG-Frame 8002500A 70, 100 kA RG-Frame 8002500A 70, 100 kA
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Yes
Yes
LSI, LSIG Yes Yes Yes 0.51.0 (ln) 10 seconds Yes No VAR/frame No I300 ms No 200800% x (ln) No Yes VAR/Frame No I500 ms No No
LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes No 0.51.0 x (ln) 224 seconds Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200600% M1 and M2 x (ln) Yes Yes 25100% x (ln) 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes
LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes No 0.51.0 x (ln) 224 seconds Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200600% M1 and M2 x (ln) Yes Yes 25100% x (ln) 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes
JG- and LG-Frames have selectable settings instead of a rating plug. JG-, LG- and NG-Frames have adjustable long delay times of 224 seconds. JG/LG: 2X14X (In); NG: 2X8X (In); RG: 2X8X (In); 2500 ampere RG-Frame 200600% x (In). JG-Frame also has a 14X setting. LS, LSG only. Not to exceed 1200 amperes. JG- and LG-Frames are Instantaneous, 120 ms. NG- and RG-Frames are Instantaneous, 100, 300 and 500 ms.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-137
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-138 System Diagnostics Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts System Monitoring Digital display Current Voltage Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor System Communications PowerNet Field Testing Testing method
JG
RG LS, LSG
LG/NG LSI, LSIG LSI, LSIG, LSIG (A) LSI (A), LSIG
No No No
No No No No No No
Yes Yes No No No No
No
No
No
Yes
Test set
Test set
Integral
Integral
Notes Using cause of trip module (catalog number TRIP-LED). Using ammeter or remote ammeter/cause of trip display (catalog number DIGIVIEW and DIGIVIEWR06).
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
25 25 25 25
Maximum rated current (amperes) Breaker type Number of poles NEMA, UL, CSA
125, 160 B 1 B E S S H H C
250 E S H C U 3, 4 X 3, 4
400, 630 E 3, 4 S 3, 4 H 3, 4 C 3, 4 U 3, 4 X 3, 4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 1
2, 3, 4 1
2, 3, 4 3, 4
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3, 4
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) Vac 5060 Hz 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 125/250 Vdc IEC 60947-2 220240 Vac Icu Ics 380415 Vac Icu Ics 660690 Vac 125/250 Vdc Icu Ics Icu Ics Ampere range Trip Units F = Fixed A = Adjustable T = Thermal M = Magnetic Interchangeable Built-in Thermal magnetic Fixed thermal Adjustable thermal Magnetic Electronic RMS LS LSI LSG LSIG Utilization category 25 10 25 25 10 10 25 18 10 25 25 18 18 10 10 35 25 18 10 35 35 25 25 10 10 85 35 85 43 35 35 85 35 22 35 85 43 40 30 35 35 100 42 100 50 42 42 100 65 25 42 100 50 70 35 42 42 200 100 35 42 200 200 100 100 42 42 65 25 18 10 65 65 25 25 12 6 10 10 85 35 18 22 85 85 40 40 12 6 22 22 100 65 25 22 100 100 70 70 14 7 22 22 200 100 35 42 200 200 100 100 16 12 42 42 200 150 50 50 200 200 150 150 18 14 50 50 200 200 50 50 200 200 200 200 18 14 50 50 65 35 18 22 65 65 35 35 12 6 22 22 85 50 25 22 85 85 50 50 20 10 22 22 100 65 35 42 100 100 70 53 25 13 42 42 200 100 50 42 200 200 100 100 30 15 42 42 200 150 65 50 200 200 150 150 35 18 50 50 200 200 65 50 200 200 200 200 35 18 50 50
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Fixed A A A A A A A A
Adjustable
Adjustable
Notes 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. Breaker type C, U and X are current limiting per UL 489. EG breaker rated 600/347 Vac. Two poles in series. 125 Vdc only for single-pole breakers. Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-139
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-140 Utilization category Electronic Ampere range Trip units IEC 60947-2 Maximum rated current (amperes) Breaker type Number of poles
Frames NG and RG
NG RG
800, 1200 S 2, 3, 4
800, 1200 H 2, 3, 4
800, 1200 C
1600 S 3
800 U 3
2, 3, 4
Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz NEMA, UL, CSA 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 220240 Vac Icu Ics 380415 Vac Icu Ics 660690 Vac Icu Ics 250 Vdc Icu Ics 85 50 25 85 85 50 50 20 10 4001200A 100 65 35 100 100 70 50 25 13 4001200A 200 100 65 200 100 100 50 35 18 4001200A 85 85 50 50 20 10 1600A 200 150 65 800A 125 65 50 135 100 70 50 25 13 8002500A 200 100 65 200 100 100 50 35 18 8002500A
Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310+) Interchangeable Built-in LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG ALSI ALSIG
Notes The RG MCCBs use metric threading in their line and load terminals. If English (Imperial) threading is needed, use RD MCCBs. Contact Eaton for more information. NG 1600 ampere frame is not UL or CSA listed. Not KEMA-KEUR listed. IEC 60947-2 H.5 Annex H is not KEMA-KEUR tested. Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available. Available only on Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25
RG 1600, 2000, 2500A
General Specications
All Series G Frames
EG Maximum rated current In depending on the version Rated insulation voltage U, according to IEC 60947-2 Main conducting paths Auxiliary circuits Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Main conducting paths Auxiliary circuits Rated operational voltage Ue IEC NEMA UL and CSA listed Permissible ambient temperature Permissible load for various ambient temperatures close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated current of the circuit breaker Circuit breakers for plant protection At 40C At 50C At 55C At 60C At 70C Circuit breakers for motor protection At 40C At 50C At 55C At 60C At 70C Circuit breakers for starter combinations and isolating circuit breakers At 40C At 50C At 55C At 60C At 70C Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (DC) Not for circuit breakers for motor protection (Time constant t = 10 rms) Two conducting paths in series For EG to LG up to 250 Vdc NEMA (time constant t = 8 rms) Two conducting paths in series 250 Vdc 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max.
JG 250A
LG 400, 630A
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
160A
6 kV 4 kV
8 kV 4 kV
8 kV 4 kV
8 kV 4 kV
8 kV 4 kV
20 to +70C
20 to +70C
5 to +60C
Notes 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the NG. Thermal overload release set to the lower value. Thermal overload release set to the upper value. Not suitable for DC switching.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-141
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-142 Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Backup fuse Miniature circuit breaker
JG Yes
LG Yes
NG Yes
RG Yes
Yes
For rated short circuit breaking capacity, see Page V4-T25-139. 10,000 300 1/h Box terminals 2.5 to 95 mm2 2.5 to 50/70 mm2 5.6 Nm 5.6 Nm 10,000 240 1/h Box terminals 50 to 150 mm2 35 to 120 mm2 20 Nm 15 Nm 8,000 240 1/h Box terminals 95 to 240 mm2 70 to 150 mm2 42 Nm 30 Nm 3,000 60 1/h Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals 600A 31 Nm 6 Nm Optional 31 Nm 50 Nm 3,000 60 1/h Flat bar terminals Optional 20 Nm
0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm
0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm
Up to 2x4 mm2 Up to 2x2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm
Up to 2x4 mm2 Up to 2x2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm
400A: 40W 40W 40W 45W 45W 45W 45W 65W 65W 65W 65W
90
90
Arc spacing suitable for reverse-feed applications Auxiliary Switches Rated thermal current lth Rated making capacity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
6A 20A AC-14
230/400/600V 6/3/0.25A
www.eaton.com
25.2
RG
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Molded Case Switch (with High Magnetic Trip) Unfused kAIC at 480 Vac (415 Vac) Self-protected, will trip above 65 (70) 1250 for EG125; 1600 for EG160 65 (70) 2500 65 (70) 4000/6300 65 (70) 12,500 65 (70) 20,000
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-143
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-144 Single-pole Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole Single-pole Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole
www.eaton.com
25.2
Page V4-T25-146 V4-T25-147 V4-T25-156 V4-T25-157 V4-T25-157 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-145
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-146 B E S H C K Frame E
E G H 3 015 FF G
Terminations/Hardware Terminals Mounting Hardware M = Metric end caps Metric E = Imperial end caps Imperial G = Line/load standard Metric B = Bolt-on Trip Unit FF = Fixed fixed AF = Adj. fixed KS = Molded case switch
Standard/Application G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Performance 600Y/347 480 415 18 18 18 25 25 22 35 40 25 65 70 35 100 100 Molded case switch
Number of Poles 1 = One 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% Protected 7 = FourNeutral 100% Protected
Amperes 016 015 020 025 030 032 035 040 045 050 060 063 070 080 090 100 110 125 160
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25
Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB4020AFG EGB4025AFG EGB4032AFG EGB4040AFG EGB4050AFG EGB4063AFG EGB4080AFG EGB4100AFG EGB4125AFG EGB4160AFG
Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
EG-Frame
EG-Frame18/18
Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB1015FFG EGB1016FFG EGB1020FFG EGB1025FFG EGB1030FFG EGB1032FFG EGB1035FFG EGB1040FFG EGB1045FFG EGB1050FFG EGB1060FFG EGB1063FFG EGB1070FFG EGB1080FFG EGB1090FFG EGB1100FFG EGB1125FFG Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB2015FFG EGB2016FFG EGB2020FFG EGB2025FFG EGB2030FFG EGB2032FFG EGB2035FFG EGB2040FFG EGB2045FFG EGB2050FFG EGB2060FFG EGB2063FFG EGB2070FFG EGB2080FFG EGB2090FFG EGB2100FFG EGB2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB3015FFG EGB3016FFG EGB3020FFG EGB3025FFG EGB3030FFG EGB3032FFG EGB3035FFG EGB3040FFG EGB3045FFG EGB3050FFG EGB3060FFG EGB3063FFG EGB3070FFG EGB3080FFG EGB3090FFG EGB3100FFG EGB3125FFG EGB3160FFG Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB3025AFG EGB3032AFG EGB3040AFG EGB3050AFG EGB3063AFG EGB3080AFG EGB3100AFG EGB3125AFG EGB3160AFG Four-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB4015FFG EGB4016FFG EGB4020FFG EGB4025FFG EGB4030FFG EGB4032FFG EGB4035FFG EGB4040FFG EGB4045FFG EGB4050FFG EGB4060FFG EGB4063FFG EGB4070FFG EGB4080FFG EGB4090FFG EGB4100FFG EGB4125FFG EGB4160FFG
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings. Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-147
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-148 EG-Frame
Notes 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings. Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25
Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS4020AFG EGS4025AFG EGS4032AFG EGS4040AFG EGS4050AFG EGS4063AFG EGS4080AFG EGS4100AFG EGS4125AFG EGS4160AFG
EG-Frame
EG-Frame40/35
Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS1015FFG EGS1016FFG EGS1020FFG EGS1025FFG EGS1030FFG EGS1032FFG EGS1035FFG EGS1040FFG EGS1045FFG EGS1050FFG EGS1060FFG EGS1063FFG EGS1070FFG EGS1080FFG EGS1090FFG EGS1100FFG EGS1125FFG Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS2015FFG EGS2016FFG EGS2020FFG EGS2025FFG EGS2030FFG EGS2032FFG EGS2035FFG EGS2040FFG EGS2045FFG EGS2050FFG EGS2060FFG EGS2063FFG EGS2070FFG EGS2080FFG EGS2090FFG EGS2100FFG EGS2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS3015FFG EGS3016FFG EGS3020FFG EGS3025FFG EGS3030FFG EGS3032FFG EGS3035FFG EGS3040FFG EGS3045FFG EGS3050FFG EGS3060FFG EGS3063FFG EGS3070FFG EGS3080FFG EGS3090FFG EGS3100FFG EGS3125FFG EGS3160FFG Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS3025AFG EGS3032AFG EGS3040AFG EGS3050AFG EGS3063AFG EGS3080AFG EGS3100AFG EGS3125AFG EGS3160AFG
Four-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS4015FFG EGS4016FFG EGS4020FFG EGS4025FFG EGS4030FFG EGS4032FFG EGS4035FFG EGS4040FFG EGS4045FFG EGS4050FFG EGS4060FFG EGS4063FFG EGS4070FFG EGS4080FFG EGS4090FFG EGS4100FFG EGS4125FFG EGS4160FFG
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings. Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-149
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-150 EG-Frame
EG-Frame70/65
Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH1015FFG EGH1016FFG EGH1020FFG EGH1025FFG EGH1030FFG EGH1032FFG EGH1035FFG EGH1040FFG EGH1045FFG EGH1050FFG EGH1060FFG EGH1063FFG EGH1070FFG EGH1080FFG EGH1090FFG EGH1100FFG EGH1125FFG Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH2015FFG EGH2016FFG EGH2020FFG EGH2025FFG EGH2030FFG EGH2032FFG EGH2035FFG EGH2040FFG EGH2045FFG EGH2050FFG EGH2060FFG EGH2063FFG EGH2070FFG EGH2080FFG EGH2090FFG EGH2100FFG EGH2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH3015FFG EGH3016FFG EGH3020FFG EGH3025FFG EGH3030FFG EGH3032FFG EGH3035FFG EGH3040FFG EGH3045FFG EGH3050FFG EGH3060FFG EGH3063FFG EGH3070FFG EGH3080FFG EGH3090FFG EGH3100FFG EGH3125FFG Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH3020AFG EGH3025AFG EGH3032AFG EGH3040AFG EGH3050AFG EGH3063AFG EGH3080AFG EGH3100AFG EGH3125AFG Four-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH4015FFG EGH4016FFG EGH4020FFG EGH4025FFG EGH4030FFG EGH4032FFG EGH4035FFG EGH4040FFG EGH4045FFG EGH4050FFG EGH4060FFG EGH4063FFG EGH4070FFG EGH4080FFG EGH4090FFG EGH4100FFG EGH4125FFG Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH4020AFG EGH4025AFG EGH4032AFG EGH4040AFG EGH4050AFG EGH4063AFG EGH4080AFG EGH4100AFG EGH4125AFG
Notes 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
EG-Frame
Notes 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. Adjustable thermal is not UL listed. Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. Please contact your local Eaton sales ofce. Molded case switches may open above 1250A.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-151
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-152 EG-Frame EG-Frame
EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware) EG-Frame18 kAIC at 480 Vac
Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 90 100 110 125 Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB1015FFB EGB1020FFB EGB1025FFB EGB1030FFB EGB1035FFB EGB1040FFB EGB1045FFB EGB1050FFB EGB1060FFB EGB1070FFB EGB1080FFB EGB1090FFB EGB1100FFB EGB1110FFB EGB1125FFB Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB2015FFB EGB2020FFB EGB2025FFB EGB2030FFB EGB2035FFB EGB2040FFB EGB2045FFB EGB2050FFB EGB2060FFB EGB2070FFB EGB2080FFB EGB2090FFB EGB2100FFB EGB2110FFB EGB2125FFB Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB3015FFB EGB3020FFB EGB3025FFB EGB3030FFB EGB3035FFB EGB3040FFB EGB3045FFB EGB3050FFB EGB3060FFB EGB3070FFB EGB3080FFB EGB3090FFB EGB3100FFB EGB3110FFB EGB3125FFB
Notes For bulk pack 24, add sufx BP24 and order quantities of 24. For bulk pack 12, add sufx BP12 and order quantities of 12. For bulk pack 8, add sufx BP8 and order quantities of 8.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
EG-Frame
Load Terminals
Maximum Breaker Amps Terminal, Body Material Metric Wire Range mm2 (Package of Three Terminals) Catalog Number
Wire Type
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 1550 60125 Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu/Al 2.550 1670 #141/0 #63/0 3TA125EF 3TA150EF
Notes For bulk pack 24, add sufx BP24 and order quantities of 24. For bulk pack 12, add sufx BP12 and order quantities of 12. For bulk pack 8, add sufx BP8 and order quantities of 8.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-153
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-154 3T125EF
3TA125EF
3TA150EF
3TA160EFK
EF2RTWK, Two-PoleMetric EF3RTWK, Three-PoleMetric EF4RTWK, Four-PoleMetric EF2RTDK, Two-PoleImperial EF3RTDK, Three-PoleImperial EF4RTDK, Four-PoleImperial
Multiwire Connectors
Wire Type
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 25 125 125 160 160 160 Steel Steel Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al 2.54 2.595 2.550 1670 35120 35120 #14-10 #14-3/0 #14-1/0 #6-3/0 #3-250 #3-250 3T125EF 3T125EF 3TA125EF 3TA150EF 3TA160EFK 4TA160EFK
EG-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have line and load terminals as standard equipment. Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. Caution: Collar must surround conductor. Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Endcap kits are used on the E-Frame breaker line side to connect bus bar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware.
Notes Standard line and load terminals. Four-pole kit with four terminals.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Terminal End Covers (Gas Barrier) The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering. Terminal End Covers
Conductor Opening Diameter Inches (mm) 6.35 (0.25) Catalog Number EEC3K EEC4K
For use with steel or stainless steel standard line and load terminals only. Interphase Barriers
Catalog Number Interphase barriers Package of 12priced individually EIPBK
10.41 (0.41)
The interphase barrier is available for extended insulation between circuit breaker poles. Specify quantity when ordering. Base Mounting HardwareDIN Rail Mounting
Catalog Number DIN rail adaptertwo-, three-, four-pole Single-pole DIN rail adapterthree- or four-pole EGDIN EF1DIN EG34DIN
Multiwire Connectors Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, terminal shield insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. EG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)
Maximum Amperes 125 125 Wires per Terminal 3 6 Wire Size Range AWG Cu 142 146 Kit Catalog Number 3TA125E3K 3TA125E6K
Metric base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order S/N 8703C80G08.
Note: English mounting hardware kit can be supplied separate. Catalog number is BMHE #632 x 3 inches for two-, three- and four-pole. Singlepole mounting hardware metric order 8703C80G11. English hardware 8703C80G12. Both sold in quantities of 100.
Terminal Shields The terminal shield is available for line terminal areas in threeand four-pole circuit breakers. Special terminal shields are also available for use when an electrical (solenoid) operator is mounted on the circuit breaker. The standard style number by pole for each terminal shield is for a package of 10 and is priced per each package. Special terminal shields are packaged individually. Terminal ShieldsIP30 Protection
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number EFTS3K EFTS4K
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-155
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-156 Description
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. EG-Frame Accessories
SingleReference Pole Page Center Two-Pole Left Right Three-Pole Left Center Four-Pole Left Center
Right
Right
Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Terminal end covers Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp Padlockable handle lock hasp Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Plug-in adapters Electrical operator Handle mechanisms Modications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available V4-T25-230
V4-T25-155 V4-T25-155 V4-T25-155 V4-T25-155 V4-T25-155 V4-T25-155 V4-T25-155 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-240
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
250 Icu 10 10 35 42 42 10 10 35
Number of Poles 1 2, 3, 4
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220240 120 Icu Ics 35 100 200 25 25 35 85 85 100 100 200 25 35 85 25 25 35 43 43 50 50 200 25 35 43
277 18 35 65
347 22 30
480 18 25 35 65 100 18 25 35
600Y/ 347 18 22 25 35 18 22
690 Icu
Ics
Ics 10 10 35 42 42 10 10 35
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25
5.50 (139.7)
EG-Frame
Front Cover Cutout
C L
Side View
1.85 (47.0) C L Handle 0.47 (11.9) 0.94 (23.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.03 (77.0)
25 25 25 25 25
4 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82)
2.77 (70.4)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. IEC only. Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 42 kA. Current limiting per UL 489.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-157
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-158 0.78 (19.8) 0.41 (10.4) 2.75 0.09 (69.9) (2.3) 3.00 (76.2) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 0.50 1.00 (12.7) (25.4) 0.56 (14.2)
4.75 (120.6)
0.55 (14.0)
0.50 (12.7)
3.98 (101.1)
8.59 (218.2)
4.78 (121.4)
0.09 (2.29)
www.eaton.com
25.2
Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-160 V4-T25-161 V4-T25-172 V4-T25-173 V4-T25-173 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-159
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-160 E S H C U X K Frame J
J G S 3 250 FA G C
Rating Blank = 80% rated C = 100% rated F01 = Freeze tested for 70F (57C) F02 = Freeze tested for 22F (30C) Terminations/Hardware Terminals Mounting Hardware M = Metric end caps Metric E = Imperial end caps Imperial G = Line/load standard Metric W = Without terminals Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj. FA = Fixed adj. KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG NN = Frame only (no trip)
Standard/Application G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Performance 600 480 415 18 25 25 18 35 40 25 65 70 35 100 100 50 150 150 50 200 200 Molded case switch
Number of Poles 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% Protected 8 = FourNeutral 060% Protected 9 = FourNeutral 100% Protected
Amperes 050 070 080 090 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Trip Unit
JT 4 100 FA
Trip JT Number of Poles 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% Protected 8 = FourNeutral 060%% Protected 9 = FourNeutral 100% Protected Amperes T/M ETU 080 050 090 100 100 160 110 250 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj. FA = Fixed adj. KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG NN = Frame only (no trip)
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25
Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
JG-Frame
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA25/25
Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE2070FAG JGE2090FAG JGE2100FAG JGE2125FAG JGE2150FAG JGE2175FAG JGE2200FAG JGE2225FAG JGE2250FAG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE3070FAG JGE3090FAG JGE3100FAG JGE3125FAG JGE3150FAG JGE3175FAG JGE3200FAG JGE3225FAG JGE3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE3100AAG JGE3125AAG JGE3160AAG JGE3200AAG JGE3250AAG Four-Pole 0% Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE4070FAG JGE4090FAG JGE4100FAG JGE4125FAG JGE4150FAG JGE4175FAG JGE4200FAG JGE4225FAG JGE4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE4100AAG JGE4125AAG JGE4160AAG JGE4200AAG JGE4250AAG
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500
JG-Frame
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA40/35, Two-Pole
Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS2070FAG JGS2090FAG JGS2100FAG JGS2125FAG JGS2150FAG JGS2175FAG JGS2200FAG JGS2225FAG JGS2250FAG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS3070FAG JGS3090FAG JGS3100FAG JGS3125FAG JGS3150FAG JGS3175FAG JGS3200FAG JGS3225FAG JGS3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS3100AAG JGS3125AAG JGS3160AAG JGS3200AAG JGS3250AAG Four-Pole 0% Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS4070FAG JGS4090FAG JGS4100FAG JGS4125FAG JGS4150FAG JGS4175FAG JGS4200FAG JGS4225FAG JGS4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS4100AAG JGS4125AAG JGS4160AAG JGS4200AAG JGS4250AAG
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500
Notes EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-161
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-162 JG-Frame
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA70/65
Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGH2070FAG JGH2090FAG JGH2100FAG JGH2125FAG JGH2150FAG JGH2175FAG JGH2200FAG JGH2225FAG JGH2250FAG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGH3070FAG JGH3090FAG JGH3100FAG JGH3125FAG JGH3150FAG JGH3175FAG JGH3200FAG JGH3225FAG JGH3250FAG Four-Pole 0% Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Fixed Magnetic Magnetic Catalog Catalog Number Number JGH3100AAG JGH3125AAG JGH3160AAG JGH3200AAG JGH3250AAG JGH4070FAG JGH4090FAG JGH4100FAG JGH4125FAG JGH4150FAG JGH4175FAG JGH4200FAG JGH4225FAG JGH4250FAG
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500
Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number JGH4100AAG JGH4125AAG JGH4160AAG JGH4200AAG JGH4250AAG
Notes EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGC4080AAG JGC4100AAG JGC4125AAG JGC4160AAG JGC4200AAG JGC4250AAG
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Magnetic Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500
JG-Frame
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Magnetic Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500
Notes EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-163
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-164 JG-Frame
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Magnetic Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500
Notes EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. Molded case switches will trip above 2500 amperes.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
Wire Type
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 250 250 Aluminum Stainless steel Cu/Al Cu 4350 kcmil 4350 kcmil 25185 25185 TA250FJ T250FJ
200/200 Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 JGX3250NN JGX4250NN 25/25 100% Rated Per UL 489 250 JGE3250NNC 40/35 100% Rated Per UL 489 250 JGS3250NNC 70/65 100% Rated Per UL 489 250 JGH3250NNC
25 25 25 25 25
JT4080AA JT4100AA JT4125AA JT4160AA JT4200AA JT4250AA
Catalog Number JT4070FA JT4090FA JT4100FA JT4125FA JT4150FA JT4175FA JT4200FA JT4225FA JT4250FA
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Standard line and load terminals. Components100% rated frame. Adjustable thermal trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-165
25.2
25 25
LS
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 50 100 160 250
Catalog Number
Notes For use on a three-pole breaker used in a four-wire system if ground fault protection for the neutral is required. Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. Long time pickupselectable via dial setting. 50 ampere settings50, 45, 40, 32, 30, 25, 20. 100 ampere settings100, 90, 80, 70, 63, 50, 45, 40. 160 ampere settings160, 150, 125, 110, 100, 90, 80, 63. 250 ampere settings250, 225, 200, 175, 160, 150, 125, 100. Adjustable long time delay224 seconds at 6 x lr. Adjustable short time delayInst., 120, 300 ms
V4-T25-166
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
IEC/UL/CSA40/35
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 50 100 160 250 JGS405033G JGS410033G JGS416033G JGS425033G JGS405032G JGS410032G JGS416032G JGS425032G JGS405035G JGS410035G JGS416035G JGS425035G JGS405036G JGS410036G JGS416036G JGS425036G JGS305033G JGS310033G JGS316033G JGS325033G JGS305032G JGS310032G JGS316032G JGS325032G JGS305035G JGS310035G JGS316035G JGS325035G JGS305036G JGS310036G JGS316036G JGS325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number
IEC/UL/CSA70/65
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 50 100 160 250 JGH405033G JGH410033G JGH416033G JGH425033G JGH405032G JGH410032G JGH416032G JGH425032G JGH405035G JGH410035G JGH416035G JGH425035G JGH405036G JGH410036G JGH416036G JGH425036G JGH305033G JGH310033G JGH316033G JGH325033G JGH305032G JGH310032G JGH316032G JGH325032G JGH305035G JGH310035G JGH316035G JGH325035G JGH305036G JGH310036G JGH316036G JGH325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number
Notes Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-167
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-168 LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 50 100 160 250 Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Notes Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
JG 100% Rated Circuit BreakerThermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
JG-Frame
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA25/25
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE3070FAGC JGE3090FAGC JGE3100FAGC JGE3125FAGC JGE3150FAGC JGE3175FAGC JGE3200FAGC JGE3225FAGC JGE3250FAGC
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA70/65
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGH3070FAGC JGH3090FAGC JGH3100FAGC JGH3125FAGC JGH3150FAGC JGH3175FAGC JGH3200FAGC JGH3225FAGC JGH3250FAGC
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500
JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA40/35
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS3070FAGC JGS3090FAGC JGS3100FAGC JGS3125FAGC JGS3150FAGC JGS3175FAGC JGS3200FAGC JGS3225FAGC JGS3250FAGC
Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250
Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-169
25.2
25 25
LS
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
IEC/UL/CSA40/35
LS Catalog Number JGS305033GC JGS310033GC JGS316033GC JGS325033GC LSI Catalog Number JGS305032GC JGS310032GC JGS316032GC JGS325032GC LSG Catalog Number JGS305035GC JGS310035GC JGS316035GC JGS325035GC LSIG Catalog Number JGS305036GC JGS310036GC JGS316036GC JGS325036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250
IEC/UL/CSA70/65
LS Catalog Number JGH305033GC JGH310033GC JGH316033GC JGH325033GC LSI Catalog Number JGH305032GC JGH310032GC JGH316032GC JGH325032GC LSG Catalog Number JGH305035GC JGH310035GC JGH316035GC JGH325035GC LSIG Catalog Number JGH305036GC JGH310036GC JGH316036GC JGH325036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250
V4-T25-170
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25
T250FJ
TA250FJ
Endcap Kit
Multiwire Connectors
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Wire Type
Standard Pressure Type Terminals 250 250 Stainless steel Aluminum Cu Cu/Al 25185 25185 #4350 (1) #4350 (1) T250FJ TA250FJ
JG-Frame circuit breakers include stainless steel terminals T250FJ as standard. When optional copper only terminals are required, order by catalog number. Endcap Kits
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number Metric FJ3RTWK FJ4RTWK Imperial FJ3RTDK FJ4RTDK
Endcap kits are used on J250-Frame breaker line side to connect bus bar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware.
Base Mounting Hardware Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A2546G02. Terminal Shields IP30
Location Line or Load Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Catalog Number FJTS3K FJTS4K
Interphase Barriers
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number FJIPBK FJIPBK4
Multiwire Connectors Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-171
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-172
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. JG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Interphase barriers Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical operator Plug-in adapters Handle mechanisms Earth leakage/ground fault protector Drawout cassette Digitrip 310+ test kit Ammeter/cause of trip display Cause of trip LED module Modications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available Note
Reference Page
V4-T25-171 V4-T25-171 V4-T25-171 V4-T25-171 V4-T25-171 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-240 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-165 V4-T25-231 V4-T25-231
V4-T25-230
Contact Eaton.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ics 6 6 7 12 14 14
250 10 22 22 42 50 50
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
JG-Frame
Front Cover Cutout 0.63 (16.0) 0.28 (7.1) 3.06 (77.7) 0.50 (12.7) Breaker
C L
Side View
1.25 (31.8) 0.19 (4.8) R 2.05 (52.1) C L Handle 3.95 (100.3) 7.00 (177.8)
4.00 (101.6)
Notes DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. Current limiting per UL 489.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-173
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
RESET
2.05 (52.1)
3.92 (99.6)
3.92 (99.6)
1.88 (47.8)
6.97 (177.0)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-174
TEST
4.25 (108.0)
3.37 (85.6)
3.31 (84.1)
3.69 (93.7)
3.57 (90.7)
www.eaton.com
25.2
Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-176 V4-T25-177 V4-T25-188 V4-T25-189 V4-T25-189 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-175
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-176 E S H C U X K Frame L
L G S 3 600 FA G C
Rating Blank = 80% rated C = 100% rated Number of Poles 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% protected 6 = FourNeutral 60% protected 7 = FourNeutral 100% protected 8 = FourNeutral 060% protected 9 = FourNeutral 0100 protected Amperes 250 300 350 400 500 600 630 Terminations/Hardware Terminals Mounting Hardware M = Metric end caps Metric E = Imperial end caps Imperial G = Line/load standard Metric W = Without terminals Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj. FA = Fixed adj. KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG 38 = 310+ electronic ALSI 39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG NN = Frame only (no trip)
Standard/Application G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Performance 600 480 415 18 35 35 25 50 50 35 65 70 50 100 100 65 150 150 65 200 200 Molded case switch
Trip Unit
LT 3 600 FA
Trip LT Number of Poles 3 = Three 4 = Fourneutral 0% protected 8 = Fourneutral 0/60% protected 9 = Fourneutral 0/100% protected Amperes 250 300 350 400 500 600 630 Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj., thermal-magnetic FA = Fixed adj., thermal-magnetic KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG 38 = 310+ electronic ALSI 39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25
Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
LG-Frame
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGE3250FAG LGE3300FAG LGE3350FAG LGE3400FAG LGE3500FAG LGE3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGE3250AAG LGE3320AAG LGE3400AAG LGE3500AAG LGE3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGE4250FAG LGE4300FAG LGE4350FAG LGE4400FAG LGE4500FAG LGE4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGE4250AAG LGE4320AAG LGE4400AAG LGE4500AAG LGE4630AAG
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
LG-Frame
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGS3250FAG LGS3300FAG LGS3350FAG LGS3400FAG LGS3500FAG LGS3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGS3250AAG LGS3320AAG LGS3400AAG LGS3500AAG LGS3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGS4250FAG LGS4300FAG LGS4350FAG LGS4400FAG LGS4500FAG LGS4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGS4250AAG LGS4320AAG LGS4400AAG LGS4500AAG LGS4630AAG
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
LG-Frame
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGH3250FAG LGH3300FAG LGH3350FAG LGH3400FAG LGH3500FAG LGH3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGH3250AAG LGH3320AAG LGH3400AAG LGH3500AAG LGH3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGH4250FAG LGH4300FAG LGH4350FAG LGH4400FAG LGH4500FAG LGH4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGH4250AAG LGH4320AAG LGH4400AAG LGH4500AAG LGH4630AAG
Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Replace sufx G with W for no line and load terminals. For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 060% and 9 = 0100%. Neutral is on LH side. 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-177
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-178 LG-Frame LG-Frame LG-Frame
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 Catalog Number LGC3250FAG LGC3300FAG LGC3350FAG LGC3400FAG LGC3500FAG LGC3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGC3250AAG LGC3320AAG LGC3400AAG LGC3500AAG LGC3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGC4250FAG LGC4300FAG LGC4350FAG LGC4400FAG LGC4500FAG LGC4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGC4250AAG LGC4320AAG LGC4400AAG LGC4500AAG LGC4630AAG
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 Catalog Number LGU3250FAG LGU3300FAG LGU3350FAG LGU3400FAG LGU3500FAG LGU3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGU3250AAG LGU3320AAG LGU3400AAG LGU3500AAG LGU3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGU4250FAG LGU4300FAG LGU4350FAG LGU4400FAG LGU4500FAG LGU4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGU4250AAG LGU4320AAG LGU4400AAG LGU4500AAG LGU4630AAG
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGX3250FAG LGX3300FAG LGX3350FAG LGX3400FAG LGX3500FAG LGX3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGX3250AAG LGX3320AAG LGX3400AAG LGX3500AAG LGX3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGX4250FAG LGX4300FAG LGX4350FAG LGX4400FAG LGX4500FAG LGX4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGX4250AAG LGX4320AAG LGX4400AAG LGX4500AAG LGX4630AAG
Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
Notes Replace sufx G with W for no line and load terminals. For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 060% and 9 = 0100%. Neutral is on LH side. 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Number of Poles 3 4 3 4
25 25
Four-Pole (0%) Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LT4250FA LT4300FA LT4350FA LT4400FA LT4500FA LT4600FA
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
Notes Molded case switches will trip above 6300 amperes. For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. Adjustable thermal, adjustable magnetic trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. Neutral protection is indicated by the third character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 060% and 9 = 0100%. 100% rated frame.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-179
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-180 Ampere Rating Three-Pole 250 400 600 630 Four-Pole 250 400 600 630 LT425033 LT440033 LT460033 LT463033 LT325033 LT340033 LT360033 LT363033 LS Catalog Number
Notes Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. IL Number is 5721B13. Long time pickup selectable via dial setting. 630 ampere settings 630, 600, 500, 400, 350, 315, 300, 250 (315, 630 are IEC ratings only). 600 ampere settings 600, 500, 450, 400, 350, 315, 300, 250 (315 is IEC rating only). 400 ampere settings 400, 350, 315, 300, 250, 225, 200, 160 (315 is IEC rating only). 250 ampere settings 250, 225, 200, 175, 160, 150, 125, 100 (160 is IEC rating only). Adjustable long time delay 224 seconds at 6 x Ir . Adjustable short time delay Inst., 120, 300 ms.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
IC Rating at 415/480V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number
Four-Pole
250 400 600 630
Four-Pole
250 400 600 630
Four-Pole
250 400 600 630
Notes Replace sufx G with W for no line and load terminals. Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-181
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating Three-Pole
250 400 600 630
IC Rating at 415/480V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number
Four-Pole
250 400 600 630
IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number
Four-Pole
250 400 600 630
IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number
Four-Pole
250 400 600 630
Notes Replace sufx G with W for no line and load terminals. Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.
V4-T25-182
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
LG 100% Rated Circuit BreakerThermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
LG-Frame
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGE3250FAGC LGE3300FAGC LGE3350FAGC LGE3400FAGC LGE3500FAGC LGE3600FAGC
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGH3250FAGC LGH3300FAGC LGH3350FAGC LGH3400FAGC LGH3500FAGC LGH3600FAGC
Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGS3250FAGC LGS3300FAGC LGS3350FAGC LGS3400FAGC LGS3500FAGC LGS3600FAGC
Notes Replace sufx G with W for no line and load terminals. For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.
Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-183
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-184 Ampere Rating 250 400 600 630 LS Catalog Number LGE325033GC LGE340033GC LGE360033GC
LG 100% Rated Electronic Breaker Per UL 489 IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
LSI Catalog Number LGE325032GC LGE340032GC LGE360032GC LGE363032GC LSG Catalog Number LGE325035GC LGE340035GC LGE360035GC LGE363035GC LSIG Catalog Number LGE325036GC LGE340036GC LGE360036GC LGE363036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
LGE363033GC
Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
LGH363033GC
Notes Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
LG Electronic Breaker with Arcash Reduction Maintenance System Series G LG circuit breakers simple and reliable method to are available with the Arcflash reduce fault clearing time. Reduction Maintenance The Arcflash Reduction System integrated into the Maintenance System unit electronic trip units helping to utilizes a separate analog trip improve safety by providing a circuit that provides faster
LG with Arcash Reduction Maintenance System
interruption times than the standard (digital) instantaneous protection. Work locations downstream of a circuit breaker with an Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System unit can have a significantly lower incident energy level, reducing arc flash potential to the system.
Ampere Rating
IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 250 400 600 630 LGE325038G LGE340038G LGE360038G LGE363038G LGE365039G LGE340039G LGE360039G LGE363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 250 400 600 630 LGS325038G LGS340038G LGS360038G LGS363038G LGS365039G LGS340039G LGS360039G LGS363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 250 400 600 630 LGH325038G LGH340038G LGH360038G LGH363038G LGH365039G LGH340039G LGH360039G LGH363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 400 600 630 LGC325038G LGC340038G LGC360038G LGC363038G LGC365039G LGC340039G LGC360039G LGC363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 400 600 630 LGU325038G LGU340038G LGU360038G LGU363038G LGU365039G LGU340039G LGU360039G LGU363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 400 600 630 LGX325038G LGX340038G LGX360038G LGX363038G LGX365039G LGX340039G LGX360039G LGX363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-185
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-186 Maximum Breaker Amperes 400 400 400 400 630 630 630 630 400 400
Terminal Covers
Description Three-pole terminal cover Four-pole terminal cover Catalog Number LTS3K LTS4K
Terminal Spreaders
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number LGTEW3 LGTEW4
Terminal Extensions
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number LGTES3 LGTES4
Handle Extension
Description Handle extension Catalog Number HEXLG
Interphase Barrier
Package of 2 Interphase barrier Catalog Number IPB3
Notes Includes LTS3K (three-pole) or LTS4K (four-pole) terminal covers. Standard terminal included with complete breaker. Included in TA63IL, T63IL, TA632L kits listed above.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Terminals and Terminal Cover for the LG BreakerIncludes LTS3K (Three-Pole) or LTS4K (Four-Pole) Terminal Covers
Note: Extended terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.0 mm) to breaker length.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-187
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-188
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. LG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Handle extension Terminal cover Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Handle mechanisms Earth leakage/ground fault protector Drawout cassette Digitrip 310+ test kit Ammeter/cause of trip display Cause of trip LED module Modications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available Note Contact Eaton. V4-T25-230
Reference Page
Right
Right
Neu.
V4-T25-186 V4-T25-186 V4-T25-186 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-240 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-180 V4-T25-231 V4-T25-231
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4
690 Icu 12 20 25 30 35 35
Ics 6 10 13 15 18 18
LG-Frame
Note: TA63IL, T63IL, T632L, TA632L terminals add 1.19 inches (30.2 mm) to line or load side of LG. LTS3K or LTS4K terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.1 mm) to line or load side of LG.
2.43 (61.7) R 0.25 (6.4) 2.00 (50.8) 1.92 (48.8) 2.69 (68.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.48 (139.2)
C L
Four-Pole
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes DC rating apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuits. Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum atkA. Three-poles in series. 750 Vdc ratings available (four-pole in series, not UL listed). Contact Eaton. IEC rating is 300 kA @ 240 Vac. Current limiting per UL 489.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-189
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-190 13.69 (347.7) 8.44 (214.4) 4.73 (120.1)
5.58 (141.7)
5.58 (141.7)
4.73 (120.1)
8.44 (214.4)
15.38 (390.7)
13.68 (347.5)
www.eaton.com
25.2
Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-192 V4-T25-193 V4-T25-196 V4-T25-197 V4-T25-199 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
All Eaton NG-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use All NG-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-191
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-192
NG H 3 080 36 E ZG
Circuit Breaker Frame NG= US GN= International Interrupting Rating (kAIC) S = 50 kA H = 65 kA C = 100 kA U = 150 kA Suffix C= 100% rated V= 50C calibrated ZG= Zone interlock
Trip Amperes 080 = 800A NEMA/IEC 120 = 1200A NEMA 125 = 1250A IEC 160 = 1600A IEC
Number of Poles 3 = Three 4 = Four; neutral 0% protected 7 = Four; neutral 100% protected 9 = Four; neutral 0/60/100% adjustable protection Notes Neutral inn left pole on GN; right pole on NG. Breakers do not ship with lugs.
Trip Unit 33= 310+ LS 32= 310+ LSI 35= 310+ LSG 36= 310+ LSIG 38= 310+ ALSI 39= 310+ ALSIG KS= Molded case switch
Metric mounting hardware will be included with three- and four-pole breakers. If Imperial mounting hardware is needed, order catalog number BMH5. Trip units are factory installable only.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3 4 4 4 1200
3 4 4 4
Type NGS Standard Interrupting CapacityU e Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with Metric Tapped Conductors L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In 28 x In 28 x In 28 x In I300 ms I300 ms 2001200A 2001200A I500 ms I500 ms NGS316033M NGS416033M NGS716033M NGS916033M NGS316032M NGS416032M NGS716032M NGS916032M NGS316035M NGS416035M NGS316036M NGS416036M
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600
Number of Poles
3 4 4 4
Four-Pole MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals
Notes For AC use only. NG MCCBs are suitable for 40C or 50C applications. Order sufx V3 to eliminate standard 40C labeling. Non-UL listed NG 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available. Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pocket; GN, neutral in left pocket. Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four). Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four). For AC use only. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. For two-pole applications, use outer poles of three-pole molded case switch.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-193
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-194 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3 4 4 4 3 4 4
Type NGH High Interrupting CapacityU e Max. 690 Vac, 65 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In NGH308033E NGH408033E NGH708033E NGH908033E NGH312033E NGH412033E NGH712033E NGH912033E 28 x In I300 ms NGH308032E NGH408032E NGH708032E NGH908032E NGH312032E NGH412032E NGH712032E NGH912032E 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGH308035E NGH408035E NGH312035E NGH412035E 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGH308036E NGH408036E NGH312036E NGH412036E
Type NGC Very High CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with Imperial Tapped Conductors L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In NGC308033E NGC408033E NGC708033E NGC908033E NGC312033E NGC412033E NGC712033E NGC912033E 28 x In I300 ms NGC308032E NGC408032E NGC708032E NGC908032E NGC312032E NGC412032E NGC712032E NGC912032E 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGC308035E NGC408035E NGC312035E NGC412035E 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGC308036E NGC408036E NGC312036E NGC412036E
Notes For AC use only. NG MCCBs are suitable for 40C or 50C applications. Order sufx V3 to eliminate standard 40C labeling. Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pocket; GN, neutral in left pocket. Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four). Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four).
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Catalog Number IPB5
Standard Cu/Al Pressure Terminals 700 1000 1200 1200 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al 1500 (2) 3/0400 (3) 4/0500 (4) 500750 (3) TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1 50240 95185 120240 300400 TA700NB1M TA1000NB1M TA1200NB1M TA1201NB1M
Optional Copper and Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 700 1000 1200 Copper Copper Copper Cu Cu Cu 2/0500 (2) 3/0500 (3) 3/0400 (4) T700NB1 T1000NB1 T1200NB3 70240 95240 95185 T700NB1M T1000NB1M T1200NB3M
Base Mounting Hardware Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. Base Mounting Hardware
Number of Poles Three- and four-pole
Handle Extension Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. Handle Extension
Description Imperial hardware: 0.312518 x 1.25 pan-head steel screws and lock washers
Interphase Barriers The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. Barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) Interphase Barriers
Description
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Interphase barriers Notes Single terminals individually packed. Metric hardware included with breaker. Included as standard on 100% rated 800/1200A breakers.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-195
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-196
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. NG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories Base mounting hardware Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Handle mechanisms Drawout cassette Handle extension Ammeter/cause of trip display Cause of trip LED module Digitrip 310 test kit Modications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/Naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available
Reference Page
V4-T25-195 V4-T25-195 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-240 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-195 V4-T25-231 V4-T25-231 V4-T25-232
V4-T25-230
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
25
690
Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
220240 240 (UL) 65 100 200 Icu 85 100 200 Ics 85 100 100
25
Ics 10 13 18
Icu 20 25 35
25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
BIM (A) Is In Ir
= Breaker Interface Module = GF Alarm = Sensor Rating = Rating Plug = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Note 1600 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-197
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-198 Trip Unit Type
Specications, continued
Digitrip RMS 310+ LS, LSG LSI, LSIG
Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay at Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eaton PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend Test set Test set No No Yes Yes No No No
BIM (A) Is In Ir
= Breaker Interface Module = GF Alarm = Sensor Rating = Rating Plug = Long Delay Pickup Setting
Notes With cause of trip LED module (Trip-LED) With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). With cause of trip display (DIGIVIEW or DIGIVIEWR06)
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
25 25 25
Side View
NG-Frame
Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87.4) BREAKER R .25 (6.4) 1.91 (48.5) 3.68 1.50 (93.5) (38.1) 9.25 (235.0) Front View 3-Pole
25 25 25 25
16.00 (406.4)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-199
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-201 V4-T25-202 V4-T25-209 V4-T25-210 V4-T25-211 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Eatons RG-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
V4-T25-200
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Trip Function Digitrip 310 T33 = LS T32 = LSI T35 = LSG T36 = LSIG Digitrip 610 T61 = LI T62 = LSI T63 = LS T64 = LIG T65 = LSG T66 = LSIG Digitrip 910 T91 = LI T92 = LSI T93 = LS T94 = LIG T95 = LSG T96 = LSIG
R = E = P = V3 = W = K =
Modification Suffix Ground fault remote RES trip 100% protection (new design 310) RES trip unit 100% prot. neut. 4P RES trip unit Electronic trip w/o ambient temperature marked on trip unit w/o terms Molded case switch
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-201
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-202 2500 3 2000 3 Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 3
Product Selection
Type RGH with Digitrip 310 High Interrupting CapacityU e Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGH316T33WP08 LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGH316T32WP08 LSG 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms RGH316T35WP08 LSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms RGH316T36WP08 Interchangeable Rating Plugs (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug
Included with Breaker Adjustable Rating Plug Adjustable Ampere Settings Catalog Number 800/1000/ 1200/1600 A16RES16T1
Catalog Number 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T A20RES125T A20RES14T A20RES16T A20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T A25RES16T A25RES20T A25RES25T
RGH320T33WP16
RGH320T32WP16
RGH320T35WP16
RGH320T36WP16
RGH325T33WP39
RGH325T32WP39
RGH325T35WP39
RGH325T36WP39
Notes For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, e.g., RGH316T35RW. Additional IEC ratings are available on adjustable rating plugs. Contact your Eaton representative. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
1000/1200/ 1600/2000 A20RES20T1
Type RGH with Digitrip 310 High Interrupting CapacityU e Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGH416T33WP08 LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGH416T32WP08 LSG 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms LSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms Interchangeable Rating Plugs (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Number at 40C of Poles Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 4
Included with Breaker Adjustable Rating Plug Adjustable Ampere Settings Catalog Number 800/1000/ 1200/1600 A16RES16T1
Catalog Number 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T A20RES125T A20RES14T A20RES16T A20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T A25RES16T A25RES20T A25RES25T
2000
RGH420T33WP16
RGH420T32WP16
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
2500
RGH425T33WP39
RGH425T32WP39
Notes For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, e.g., RGH316T35RW. Additional IEC ratings are available on adjustable rating plugs. Contact your Eaton representative. Unprotected left pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add E for 60% protected, e.g., RGH416T33PW, RGH416T33EW. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-203
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-204 2500 3 2000 3 Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 3
Type RGC with Digitrip 310 Very High Interrupting CapacityU e Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGC316T33WP08 LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGC316T32WP08 LSG 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms RGC316T35WP08 LSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms RGC316T36WP08
Catalog Number 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T A20RES125T A20RES14T A20RES16T A20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T A25RES16T A25RES20T A25RES25T
Included with Breaker Adjustable Rating Plug Adjustable Ampere Settings Catalog Number 800/1000/ 1200/1600 A16RES16T1
RGC320T33WP16
RGC320T32WP16
RGC320T35WP16
RGC320T36WP16
RGC325T33WP40
RGC325T32WP40
RGC325T35WP40
RGC325T36WP40
Notes For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, e.g., RGH316T35RW. Additional IEC ratings are available on adjustable rating plugs. Contact your Eaton representative. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
1000/1200/ 1600/2000 A20RES20T1
Type RGC with Digitrip 310 Very High Interrupting CapacityU e Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGC416T33WP08 LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGC416T32WP08 LSG 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms LSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Number at 40C of Poles Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 4
Catalog Number 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T A20RES125T A20RES14T A20RES16T A20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T A25RES16T A25RES20T A25RES25T
Included with Breaker Adjustable Rating Plug Adjustable Ampere Settings Catalog Number 800/1000/ 1200/1600 A16RES16T1
2000
RGC420T33WP16
RGC420T32WP16
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
2500
RGC425T33WP40
RGC425T32WP40
Number of Poles 3 3 4 4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com V4-T25-205
Notes For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, e.g., RGH316T35RW. Additional IEC ratings are available on adjustable rating plugs. Contact your Eaton representative. Unprotected left pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add E for 60% protected, e.g., RGH416T33PW, RGH416T33EW. Molded case switch will trip above 17,500 amperes RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
2500 3 2000 3 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Number at 40C of Poles Long Delay Pickup Long Delay Time Short Time Range Short Time Delay Instantaneous Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number
Type RGH with Digitrip 610 High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGH316T61WP44 RGH316T63WP44 RGH316T62WP44 RGH316T64WP44 RGH316T65WP44 RGH316T66WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug RGH320T61WP49 RGH320T63WP49 RGH320T62WP49 RGH320T64WP49 RGH320T65WP49 RGH320T66WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug RGH325T61WP53 RGH325T63WP53 RGH325T62WP53 RGH325T64WP53 RGH325T65WP53 RGH325T66WP53 2000 1600 2000 2500 Type RGC with Digitrip 610 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGC316T61WP44 RGC316T63WP44 RGC316T62WP44 RGC316T64WP44 RGC316T65WP44 RGC316T66WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
2500 3 Includes 2000A rating plug RGC325T61WP53 RGC325T63WP53 RGC325T62WP53 RGC325T64WP53 RGC325T65WP53 RGC325T66WP53 2000 3 Includes 1600A rating plug RGC320T61WP49 RGC320T63WP49 RGC320T62WP49 RGC320T64WP49 RGC320T65WP49 RGC320T66WP49
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-206 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com Includes 2500A rating plug Notes Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
2500
25.2
25
Digitrip RMS Interchangeable Rating Plug (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Number at 40C of Poles Long Delay Pickup Long Delay Time Short Time Range Short Time Delay Instantaneous Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating
Catalog Number
Type RGH with Digitrip 910 High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGH316T91WP44 RGH316T93WP44 RGH316T92WP44 RGH316T94WP44 RGH316T95WP44 RGH316T96WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug 2000 3 RGH320T91WP49 RGH320T93WP49 RGH320T92WP49 RGH320T94WP49 RGH320T95WP49 RGH320T96WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug 2500 3 RGH325T91WP53 RGH325T93WP53 RGH325T92WP53 RGH325T94WP53 RGH325T95WP53 RGH325T96WP53 2000 1600 2000 Includes 2500A rating plug Type RGC with Digitrip 910 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGC316T91WP44 RGC316T93WP44 RGC316T92WP44 RGC316T94WP44 RGC316T95WP44 RGC316T96WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug 2000 3 RGC320T91WP49 RGC320T93WP49 RGC320T92WP49 RGC320T94WP49 RGC320T95WP49 RGC320T96WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug 2500 3 RGC325T91WP53 RGC325T93WP53 RGC325T92WP53 RGC325T94WP53 RGC325T95WP53 RGC25T96WP53 2000 1600 2000 Includes 2500 A rating plug Notes Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-207
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-208
Base Mounting Hardware Supplied by customer. Handle Extension Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. Handle Extension
Description Single handle extension Catalog Number HEX6
Hardware
Wire Terminals 1600 1600 2000 Aluminum Copper Aluminum Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Metric Metric Metric 5001000 (4) 1600 (4) 2600 (6) 300500 50300 35300 TA1600RDM T1600RDM TA2000RDM
Rear Connectors 2000 2000 2500 Copper Copper Copper Metric Metric Metric B2016RDM B2016RDLM B2500RDM
Notes Order one per polesingle terminals individually packed. Order one TA2000RD kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. For use with 2500A Frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500A frame is ordered. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.
Securing Hardware
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25
Right Neutral
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. RG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories Base mounting hardware Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Electrical operator Handle mechanisms Drawout cassette Handle extension Digitrip 310 test kit Modications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available
Reference Page
Right
25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-230
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-209
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-210 Circuit Breaker Type RGH RGC
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 277 480 125 200 65 100
600 50 65
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415
690
70 50
25 13
100 50
35 18
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
25 25
Front View 3-Pole Side View 2.25 (57.2)
Front Cover Cutout 14.50 (368.3) 0.16 R (4.1) 7.25 (184.2) C L Breaker
25 25 25 25
13.00 (330.2)
8.25 (209.6)
.44 R (11.2)
25 25 25 25
6.57 (166.9) 13.13 (333.5) 15.50 (393.7) 9.00 (228.6) 6.75 (171.5)
25 25 25 25
Breaker Type 1600 Amperes RGH, RGC 2000 Amperes RGH, RGC 2500 Amperes RGH, RGC
Four-Pole
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com V4-T25-211
102 (46.3)
135 (61.2)
102 (46.3)
135 (61.2)
135 (61.2)
182 (82.6)
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-212
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200
V4-T25-213 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
Continuous Amperes 3
Cam Setting A B C D E F
MCP Trip Setting 9 15 21 27 30 33 21 35 49 63 70 77 45 75 105 135 150 165 90 150 210 270 300 330
25 25 25 25 25
A B C D E F
HMCPE007C0C
25 25 25
HMCPE015E0C
15
A B C D E F
25 25 25 25
30
A B C D E F
HMCPE030H1C
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-213
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25
70 Continuous Amperes 50
Cam Setting A B C D E F A B C D E F
MCP Trip Setting 150 250 350 450 500 550 210 350 490 630 700 770 300 500 700 900 1000 1100 500 750 1000 1250 1375 1500
HMCPE070M2C
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100 100
A B C D E F A B C D E F
HMCPE100R3C
HMCPE100T3C
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-214
MCP Catalog Number HMCPJ250D5L HMCPJ250F5L HMCPJ250G5L HMCPJ250J5L HMCPJ250K5L HMCPJ250L5L HMCPJ250W5L
Notes UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. Settings above 10 x I are for special applications. Where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be n less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
MCP Catalog Number HMCPL600L6G HMCPL600N6G HMCPL600R6G HMCPL600X6G HMCPL600Y6G HMCPL600P6G HMCPL600M6G
800 and 1200 ampere, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-215
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-216
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-217 V4-T25-218 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Application Description
Can be used with contactor to eliminate need for overload relay and still create manual motor control Meets requirement for motor branch protection, including: Disconnecting means Branch circuit short circuit protection Overload protection
Phase unbalance protection Phase loss protection Hot trip/cold trip High load alarm Pre-detection trip relay option Class 10, 15, 20, 30 protection
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Product Selection
JGMP Catalog Numbers
35 kAIC Catalog Number JGMPS050G JGMPS100G JGMPS160G JGMPS250G 65 kAIC Catalog Number JGMPH050G JGMPH100G JGMPH160G JGMPH250G
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02. For additional breaker solutions see Page V4-T25-419.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-217
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-218 Number of poles Ampere range NEMA UL 489 Number of poles Ampere range NEMA UL 489
Notes 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02.
www.eaton.com
25.2
Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-220 V4-T25-221 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Clockwise from Left: JG, LG, EG MCCBs Shown with Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-219
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-220 JG-Frame
Product Selection
EG-Frame
EG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 125 125 Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number ELEBN3125G ELEBN4125G
LG-Frame
LG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 400 400 600 600 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELLBN3400W ELLBN4400W ELLBN3600W ELLBN4600W
EG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 125 125 Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number ELEBE3125G ELEBE4125G
LG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 400 400 630 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELLBE3400W ELLBE4400W ELLBE3630W ELLBE4630W
JG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 150 150 250 250 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELJBN3150W ELJBN4150W ELJBN3250W ELJBN4250W
630
JG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 160 160 250 250 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELJBE3160W ELJBE4160W ELJBE3250W ELJBE4250W
Note Shunt trip and undervoltage release cannot be used in an EG breaker connected to an earth leakage module.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
4.75 (120.6)
0.55 (14.0)
25
1.49 1.00 (37.8) (25.4) 1.00 (25.4)
25
3.98 (101.1)
0.50 (12.7)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
8.59 (218.2)
4.78 (121.4)
0.09 (2.29)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-221
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
RESET
2.05 (52.1)
3.92 (99.6)
3.92 (99.6)
1.88 (47.8)
6.97 (177.0)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-222
13.69 (347.7) 8.44 (214.4) 4.73 (120.1)
TEST
4.25 (108.0)
3.37 (85.6)
3.31 (84.1)
3.69 (93.7)
3.57 (90.7)
5.58 (141.7)
5.58 (141.7)
4.73 (120.1)
8.44 (214.4)
15.38 (390.7)
13.68 (347.5)
www.eaton.com
25.2
Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-224 V4-T25-225 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25
Features and Benets
The combination of the Series G E-Frame current limiting breaker or HMCP and the current limiter module provides the following system protection:
Product Description
The current limiting breaker modules use a reverse loop stationary contact arm. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the positions of the reverse loop and moving contact arm induce opposing magnetic fields. The resulting flux lines cause rapid contact blow-apart under fault conditions, resulting in very high interrupting capacities and providing current limiting characteristics. Current limiting breaker modules, in combination with Series G E-Frame breakers, are available from 15A through 100A and have an interrupting rating up to 100 kA at 600 Vac.
Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded case circuit breaker Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded case circuit breaker
Application Description
These breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current to the load. Typical loads include lighting and power distribution, and motor controller applications.
High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts. The highlevel current limiting action is achieved by the use of special design, blow-apart contacts. The opening speed of the contacts is amplied by the repulsion force in the slot motor and reverse loop stationary contact arm to effectively separate the contacts under high-level fault conditions in less than one millisecond. The rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system, thus limiting the amount of the otherwise available fault current
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-223
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-224
Product Selection
EG
UL Listed (NEMA/IEC Rated) Base Molded Case Circuit Breaker EGC3015FFG EGC3016FFG EGC3020FFG EGC3025FFG EGC3030FFG EGC3032FFG EGC3035FFG EGC3040FFG EGC3045FFG EGC3050FFG EGC3060FFG EGC3063FFG EGC3070FFG EGC3080FFG EGC3090FFG EGC3100FFG Breaker with Line Side Mounted Current Limiter EGC3015FFGQ01 EGC3016FFGQ01 EGC3020FFGQ01 EGC3025FFGQ01 EGC3030FFGQ01 EGC3032FFGQ01 EGC3035FFGQ01 EGC3040FFGQ01 EGC3045FFGQ01 EGC3050FFGQ01 EGC3060FFGQ01 EGC3063FFGQ01 EGC3070FFGQ01 EGC3080FFGQ01 EGC3090FFGQ01 EGC3100FFGQ01 Breaker with Load Side Mounted Current Limiter EGC3015FFGQ02 EGC3016FFGQ02 EGC3020FFGQ02 EGC3025FFGQ02 EGC3030FFGQ02 EGC3032FFGQ02 EGC3035FFGQ02 EGC3040FFGQ02 EGC3045FFGQ02 EGC3050FFGQ02 EGC3060FFGQ02 EGC3063FFGQ02 EGC3070FFGQ02 EGC3080FFGQ02 EGC3090FFGQ02 EGC3100FFGQ02
EG-Frame
Line and Load Terminations Included T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF
Interphase Barrier Included for Limiter EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK
HMCP
Motor Circuit Protector HMCPE003A0C HMCPE007C0C HMCPE015E0C HMCPE030H1C HMCPE050K2C HMCPE070M2C HMCPE100R3C HMCPE100T3C Breaker with Line Side Mounted Current Limiter HMCPE003A0CQ01 HMCPE007C0CQ01 HMCPE015E0CQ01 HMCPE030H1CQ01 HMCPE050K2CQ01 HMCPE070M2CQ01 HMCPE100R3CQ01 HMCPE100T3CQ01 Breaker with Load Side Mounted Current Limiter HMCPE003A0CQ02 HMCPE007C0CQ02 HMCPE015E0CQ02 HMCPE030H1CQ02 HMCPE050K2CQ02 HMCPE070M2CQ02 HMCPE100R3CQ02 HMCPE100T3CQ02 Line and Load Terminations Included T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF Interphase Barrier Included for Limiter EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK
Note Two interphase barriers required on line end mounted limiter; (2) line end of limiter. Four interphase barriers required on load end mounted limiter; (2) line end of breaker (2) load end of limiter.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
0.56 (14.2)
25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com V4-T25-225
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223
V4-T25-226
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Proven Technology and Performance The LHH is based on the Series G L-Frame circuit breaker, sharing the same small footprint and field-fit accessories as the L-Frame breaker. The NHH is based on the Series G N-Frame circuit breaker and shares the same footprint and accessories as the N-Frame breaker. NHH accessories must be factory installed. The LHH incorporates a thermal-magnetic trip unit with fixed thermal and fixed magnetic settings. The NHH has an OPTIM electronic trip unit with LSI adjustment capabilities. The instantaneous setting is adjustable from 10004000A or may be turned off to default to the frame override of 14,000A. A hand-held OPTIMizer must be used with the NHH to adjust short-time delay and instantaneous, however, the long delay pickup is fixed and cannot be adjusted. The LHH and NHH breakers are available in Eatons panelboards and switchboards.
Product Selection
LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Ampere Rating 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 LHH Frame LHH3125FFG LHH3150FFG LHH3175FFG LHH3200FFG LHH3225FFG LHH3250FFG LHH3300FFG LHH3350FFG LHH3400FFG LSI Electronic Trip Unit NHH Frame NHH3150T52X15 NHH3175T52X15 NHH3200T52X15 NHH3225T52X15 NHH3250T52X15 NHH3300T52X15 NHH3350T52X15
LHH
UL CSA
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-227
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Description
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Dimensions
Description LHH NHH Height 10.13 (257.3) 16.00 (406.4) Width 5.48 (139.2) 8.25 (209.5) Depth 4.09 (103.9) 5.50 (139.7) Weight in Lbs (kg) 12.36 (5.6) 46.80 (21.2)
L-Frame
2.43 (61.7) R 0.25 (6.4) 2.00 (50.8) 1.92 (48.8) 2.69 (68.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.48 (139.2)
C L
LHH and NHH Electrical Characteristics Short-Circuit Current Ratings (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz
Breaker Type LHH 400 NHH 350
Four-Pole
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Max. rated current (amperes) NEMA UL 489 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vac IEC 60947-2 220 Vac 415 Vac 690 Vac 125/250 Vdc Number of poles Ampere range
N-Frame
100 65 35 42 100 65 35 Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87 .4) C L R 0.25 Breaker (6.4) 1.91 (48.5) 1.50 (38.1) Front View Three-Pole Side View
100 70 25 22 3 125400A
8.25 (209.6)
5.50 (139.7)
V4-T25-228
www.eaton.com
25.2
Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-231 V4-T25-232 V4-T25-234 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories and Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25
Special Calibration Special non-UL listed calibrations are available for certain ambient temperatures other than 40C and for frequencies other than 50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced interrupting ratings will apply for 400 Hz applications.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Thermal-magnetic trip breakers Electronic rms trip breakers Molded case switches Motor circuit protectors Current limiting breakers Special application breakers
50C Calibration
Note: Breakers equipped with electronic trip units can operate reliably in ambient temperatures of 50C. Add sufx V3 to NG MCCBs to remove standard 40C labeling.
Modied Breakers Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge.
Add suffix V to catalog number for complete thermal magnetic breaker when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50C ambients. 50C ambient MCCBs are not UL listed. Contact Eaton for availability.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-229
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-230
Moisture-Fungus Treatment All Eaton circuit breaker cases are molded from glasspolyester, which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts that are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment. Order by description.
UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. Requirements include 40C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50C.)
Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at 40C.
Or you can choose to add 50C ambient but then there is no UL mark.
Marine Applications E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications:
UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50C ambient. (Naval labeled per UL but no UL mark due to 50C label.)
U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABSAmerican Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; and Lloyds
These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use).
Certied Test Reports Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report.
Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit breakers Australian Standard AS 2184, molded case circuit breakers British Standards Institution Standard BS 4752: Part 1, switchgear and control gear Part 1: circuit breakers Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C22.2 No. 5, service entrance and branch circuit breakers International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers Japanese T-Mark Standard molded case circuit breakers South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specication for molded case circuit breakers Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers Union Technique de lElectricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers
Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Internal Accessories
Alarm Lockout The alarm switches operate when the circuit breaker is tripped by a short circuit or overcurrent, but also when it is tripped by a shunt trip or undervoltage release. Auxiliary Switches Auxiliary switches are used for signaling and control purposes. The various functions of the auxiliary switches (changeover) are shown on Page V4-T25-233. Shunt Trips The shunt trip is used for remote tripping. The coil of the shunt trip is rated only for short-time operation. It is not permissible with the circuit breaker open to apply a continuous opening command to the shunt trip in order to prevent the breaker from closing. This means that interlocking circuits with continuous commands may not be set up with shunt trips. Undervoltage Releases The circuit breaker cannot be closed until the undervoltage release is energized. If the release is not energized, the circuit breaker can only perform an idle switching operation. Frequent idle switching actions should be avoided as they shorten the endurance of the circuit breaker. Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. Cause of Trip Display/ Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display
Catalog Number DIGIVIEW DIGIVIEWR06
Cause of Trip LED Module The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset. Cause of Trip LED Module
Catalog Number TRIP-LED
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-231
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Description Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs
Test Kit
Fit Type 120V 230V Frame EG N/A N/A JG MTST120V MTST230V LG MTST120V MTST230V NG STK2 RG STK2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Provision only. See Page V4-T25-469 for bolt projection dimensions. Castell bolt mounting hole must be 10 mm. Requires two breakers. Contact Eaton for availability of operators for EG- and NG-Frames before December 2004. D = Imperial threads UL, W = metric threads IEC, L = long studs, S = short studs.
V4-T25-232
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com V4-T25-233
Contact Making by the Auxiliary and Alarm Switches as a Function of the Switching Position of the Circuit Breaker
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-234 Shunt TripStandard
Accessories
Field Fit Kit Catalog Numbers Alarm Lockout
Description Make/Break 2 Make/2 Break Pole Location Left Right Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG ALM1M1BEPK ALM2M2BEPK NG A1L5LPK A1L5RPK A2L5LPK A2L5RPK RG A1L6RPK A2L6RPK
Auxiliary Switch
Description 1A, 1B 2A, 2B 3A, 3B 4A, 4B Pole Location Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK NG A1X5PK A1X5PK A2X5PK A2X5PK A3X5LPK A3X5RPK RG A2X6RPK A4X6RPK
Shunt TripStandard
Description 24 Vac/Vdc 4860 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 12 Vdc 4860 Vdc 380600 Vac Pole Location Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right 220250 Vdc or 380440 Vac 480600 Vac Frame EG, JG and LG SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT120CPK SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT480CPK NG SNT5LP03K SNT5LP05K SNT5LP11K SNT5LP11K SNT5LP23K SNT5LP14K SNT5LP18K RG SNT6P03K SNT6P05K SNT6P11K SNT6P11K SNT6P23K SNT6P14K SNT6P18K
ST
Notes All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. Part number for JG and LG is ALM1M1BJPK. Part number for JG and LG is ALM2M2BJPK. Part number for JG and LG is AUXALRMJPK. 110125 Vdc, 50/60 Hz. 380600 Vdc, 50/60 Hz. LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 24 Vdc only use UVH5LP03K (NG) UVH6RP03K (RG) for 24 Vac. LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-235
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-236 Series G Motor Operators
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators Features, Benets and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-237 V4-T25-237 V4-T25-237 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Motor Operators
Product Description
Eatons motor operator mechanism enables local and remote ON, OFF and reset switching of a circuit breaker. The motor operator is mounted on the circuit breaker cover within the dimensions of the circuit breaker. The robust motor operators offer various voltages to maximize customer flexibility. Standard load transfer switching can be accomplished through the use of two circuit breakers fitted with motor operators and a mechanical interlock.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Product Selection
A key is provided to manually operate the circuit breaker A special pull-out locking mechanism provides a method for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position The locking device will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each The cover provides visual status of the circuit breaker: ON, OFF or TRIPPED. A PUSH-TOTRIP button allows the user to manually trip the breaker Motor Operators
Frame Series G E-Frame Voltage 100240 Vac 100220 Vdc 24/48 Vdc Series C F-Frame 208240 Vac 110127 Vac 220250 Vdc 110125 Vdc 24 Vdc Series G J-Frame 208240 Vac 110127 Vac 220250 Vdc 110125 Vdc 24 Vdc Series G L-Frame 208240 Vac 110127 Vac Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC Inrush Current Catalog Number 1A 1A 3A 1A 1A 1A 1A 3A 1A 1A 1A 1A 3A 2A 2A 2A 2A 6A MOPEG240C MOPEG240C MOPEG48D MOPFD240C MOPFD120C MOPFD240C MOPFD120C MOPFD24D MOPJG240C MOPJG120C MOPJG240C MOPJG120C MOPJG24D MOPLG240C MOPLG120C MOPLG240C MOPLG120C MOPLG24D
The motor operator allows the circuit breaker to be opened, closed or reset remotely The motor operator contains a motor connected to a cam drive mechanism. The cam drives a slide mechanism to operate the circuit breaker handle Internal limit switches and relays are used to control motor operation to prevent overdriving the circuit breaker handle and motor overload conditions
PUSH-TO-TRIP Button
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-237
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-238 LG Breaker with Plug-In Block
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240
Plug-In Blocks
Product Description
Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Plug-ins are available for rear connection applications on three- and four-pole circuit breakers. Trip on drawout interlock kits are included. Stabs for EG, JG and LG plugins rotate 90 for flexible installation. Use terminal shields for IP30 protection.
Product Selection
Plug-In Blocks
Breaker Frame Number of Poles Catalog Number
EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks EG EG JG JG LG LG 3 4 3 4 3 4 PAD3E PAD4E PAD3J PAD4J PAD3L PAD4L
Trip-On Drawout Interlock Kit EG JG LG Terminal Shields IP30 EG EG JG JG LG LG Position Switch EG JG LG 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 PADILE PADILJ PADILL 3 4 3 4 3 4 EFTS3K EFTS4K FJTS3K FJTS4K LTS3K LTS4K 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 PIILEG PIILJG PIILLG
Note Included with plug-in block. Trips the breaker when breaker is removed from plug-in block.
www.eaton.com
25.2
Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-240
Drawout Cassettes
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Drawout Cassette
Product Description
The drawout cassette is available for use with JG, LG and NG, three- and four-pole breakers. Also available are drawout cassettes for use with the standard three-pole 65 and 100 kA/480 Vac, 1600 ampere and 2000 ampere RG circuit breakers. The cassettes consist of two separate components: the movable mechanism, which attaches to the breaker, and the stationary mechanism, which houses in the cassette. The stationary mechanism is shipped separately for the RG frame breakers. For the JG, LG and NG drawout cassettes, all necessary parts for installation are included in the one catalog number.
Features
Features of the drawout cassettes for the JG, LG and NG include:
Product Selection
JG Drawout Cassette
25
JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes
Breaker Frame JG Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number JG3DOM JG4DOM LG3DOM
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Trip on drawoutbreaker will trip if it is in the ON position when withdrawn from the cassette Secondary terminal blockthe drawout cassettes include a secondary terminal block for easier access when wiring low voltage accessories, including shunts and undervoltage releases
LG Drawout Cassette
LG
LG4DOM
NG
3 4
NG3DOM NG4DOM
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Connectedthe breaker is fully connected to the primary stabs and secondary contacts Disconnectedboth the primary stabs and the secondary contacts are disconnected Withdrawthe breaker can be removed from the cassette
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-239
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-240 Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-241 V4-T25-244 V4-T25-248 V4-T25-250
Handle Mechanisms
Product Overview
Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation.
Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need.
www.eaton.com
25.2
Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240 V4-T25-241 V4-T25-242 V4-T25-243 V4-T25-243 V4-T25-244 V4-T25-248 V4-T25-250
Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Flex Shaft
Product Description
Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutesa significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by funneling the cable through conduit.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-241
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-242 Flex Shaft
Product Selection
Note 1: Type 4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Sufx X to the complete Catalog Number. Note 2: When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) is maintained to operate properly. Note 3: The standard method of shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor eld adjustments may be required.
Breaker Frame EG JG LG NG RG
Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m) 7 (2.1) 8 (2.4) Catalog Catalog Number Number
EHMFS07 JHMFS07 LHMFS07 EHMFS08 JHMFS08
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Notes Three-pole only for EG-; three- and four-pole for JG- and LG-Frame. EG-, JG- and LG-Frame can be left- or right-hand mounted.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Accessories
Handle Auxiliary SwitchEarly Break Design, 1A1B Contact for Flex Shaft
Breaker Frame EG JG LG Catalog Number
AUX1EBFSEG AUX1EBFSJG AUX1EBFSLG
Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame)
Catalog Number
C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR
Auxiliary contact changes state prior to parting of breaker contacts to allow for shutdown of equipment. Contacts mounted on breaker mechanism customer supplied wiring. UL TypeIP Crossover
UL Type 1 3R 12 4/4X IP Type IP20 IP55 IP54 IP66
Dimensions
Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame)
Catalog Number C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR Handle Length in Inches (mm) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) Roller latch
Notes Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly. The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. Third roller latch for use with 4.00- or 6.00-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when three-point latching is required.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-243
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-244 Handle Mechanisms
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . .
Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240 V4-T25-241 V4-T25-244 V4-T25-245 V4-T25-248 V4-T25-250
Features
Type 1, 12, 3R, 4 and 4X ratings Black/Blue or Red/Yellow external handle colors Three shaft lengths: 6, 12 and 24 inches Conveniently packaged as kit containing handle, shaft and mechanism Replacement parts are available separately
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25
Product Selection
Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames
External Handle in the Vertical Position
Complete Kits
Rating Type Color Black/Blue UL 1/12/3R IP 20/54/55 EG-Frame Catalog Number
EGHMVD06B EGHMVD12B EGHMVD24B
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
1/12/3R
20/54/55
4/4X
65
Red/Yellow
4/4X
65
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-245
25.2
25 25 25 25
Red/Yellow 1/12/3R Rating Type Color Black/Blue UL 1/12/3R IP
20/54/55
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-246 Red/Yellow 4/4X 65 Black/Blue 4/4X 65
24.00 (609.6)
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
External Handle Catalog Number 68C6048G01 68C6048G01 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 68C6048G02 68C6048G02 68C6048G03 68C6048G03 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 68C6048G04 68C6048G04
Shaft Catalog Number 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G99 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G99 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G99 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G99
Mechanism Catalog Number 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes For replacement purposes. 24.00 inches (609.6 mm) includes support bracket.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-247
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-248 Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240 V4-T25-241 V4-T25-244 V4-T25-248 V4-T25-249 V4-T25-250
Universal Rotary
Product Description
Eatons Universal Rotary is suitable for use with Type 1 or 12 enclosure types. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle lock off to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position, and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/ Reset positions. The Universal Rotary has the added feature of international markings for ON (I) and OFF (O). The Universal Rotary is made of molded material. The Universal Rotary mechanisms for EG-, JG- and LG-Frame MCCBs can be operated by hand with the door open or locked off to prevent operation with the door open.
www.eaton.com
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Product Selection
Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms
Handle Color EG-Frame Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) JG-Frame Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) LG-Frame Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) NG-Frame Black 1 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) RG-Frame Black 1 9.00 (228.6) HMVD6B HMVD5B HMVD5BT KLHMVD06B KLHMVD12B KLHMVD24B KLHMVD06R KLHMVD12R KLHMVD24R FJHMVD06B FJHMVD12B FJHMVD24B FJHMVD06R FJHMVD12R FJHMVD24R EHMVD06B EHMVD12B EHMVD24B EHMVD06R EHMVD12R EHMVD24R UL Rating Shaft Length in Inches (mm) Complete Catalog Number
Universal Rotary
Notes Complete catalog number includes handle, mechanism, shaft and mounting hardware. Same as HMVD5B, except uses T handle.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-249
25.2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-250 Universal Direct (EG LG) Handle Mechanisms
Contents
Description EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . Page V4-T25-145 V4-T25-159 V4-T25-175 V4-T25-191 V4-T25-200 V4-T25-212 V4-T25-216 V4-T25-219 V4-T25-223 V4-T25-226 V4-T25-229 V4-T25-236 V4-T25-238 V4-T25-239 V4-T25-240 V4-T25-241 V4-T25-244 V4-T25-248 V4-T25-250
Application Description
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms are typically used for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated.
Product Selection
Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms
Black Handle Color With Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCBI JHMCCBI LHMCCBI Without Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCB JHMCCB LHMCCB Red Handle Color With Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCRI JHMCCRI LHMCCRI Without Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCR JHMCCR LHMCCR
Frame EG JG LG
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Product Overview
Eatons molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, ... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions, and furthermore as, ... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material. The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating. So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits. In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. Eaton offers the most comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry. This section of circuit breakers includes:
Thermal-magnetic trip breakers Electronic rms trip breakers Molded case switches Motor circuit protectors Current limiting breakers Special application breakers
50C Calibration Add suffix V to catalog Number for complete breaker, listed above, when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50C ambients. (No price adder.) (No UL label.)
supplied with 50C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use). UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. Requirements include 40C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50C.)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Moisture-Fungus Treatment
All circuit breaker cases are molded from glass-polyester which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts which are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment.
Modied Breakers
Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge.
Sufx H08
Special Calibration
Special non-UL-listed calibrations are available for certain ambient temperatures other than 40C and for frequencies other than 50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced interrupting ratings will apply for 400 Hz applications.
Or you can choose to add 50C ambient but then there is no UL mark.
Marine Applications
E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications:
Sufx VH08
U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABSAmerican Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; Lloyds; and ABS/NVR
UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50C ambient. (Naval labeled per UL, and UL now allows 50C label here.)
Sufx VH09
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-251
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Certied Test Reports
Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-252
Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit breakers Australian Standard AS 2184, molded case circuit breakers British Standards Institution Standard BS 4752: Part 1, switchgear and control gear Part 1: circuit breakers Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C22.2 No. 5, service entrance and branch circuit breakers International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers
Japanese T-Mark Standard molded case circuit breakers South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specication for molded case circuit breakers Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers Union Technique de lElectricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers
Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25
Quick Reference
Industrial Circuit Breakers
G-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type GHB GHB GHB GHB HGHB GHQ GHBS GBHS GDB GDB GD GD GHC GHC GHC GHC HGHC Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15100 15100 15100 15100 1530 1520 1530 1520 1550 15100 1550 15100 15100 15100 15100 15100 1530 2, 3 1 Volts No. of Poles 1 2, 3 1 2, 3 11 1 1, 2 1, 2 2 3 2 3 1 2, 3 AC 120 240 277 480Y/277 277 277 480Y/277 600Y/347 480 480 480 480 120 240 277 480Y/277 277 DC 125 125/250 125 125/250 125 125/250 250 125/250 250 125 125/250 125 125/250 125 Type of Trip N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. Federal Specication W-C-375b 11a 11a10b, 11b 12b, 14b 15b 12c, 13a, 13b 13b 13b 12c, 13a 13b 12c, 13a 13b UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) DC (kA) 120 65 65 65 65 65 65 120/240 65 240 65 65 65 65 14 14 25 277 14 14 25 14 14 480 14 14 14 14 22 14 600 10 125 14 14 14 14 14 14 250 14 14 10 10 10 10 1 14
Page Number V4-T25-262 V4-T25-262 V4-T25-262 V4-T25-262 V4-T25-262 V4-T25-262 V4-T24-34 V4-T24-34 V4-T25-260 V4-T25-260 V4-T25-259 V4-T25-259 V4-T25-267 V4-T25-267 V4-T25-267 V4-T25-267 V4-T25-267
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-253
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-254
F-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC EHD EHD FDB FDB FD FD FD FDE HFD HFD HFD HFDE FDC FDC FDCE Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100225 100225 15225 100225 100225 15100 15100 15150 15150 15150 15225 15225 15225 15150 15225 15225 15225 15225 15225 15225 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 1 2, 3 2, 3 4 1 2, 3 4 3 1 2,3 4 3 2, 3 4 3 AC 240 240 240 240 240 277 480 600 600 277 600 600 600 277 600 600 600 600 600 600 DC 125 125 125 125 125 125 250 250 250 125 250 250 125 250 250 250 250 Type of Trip N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. N.I.T. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. Federal Specication W-C-375b 12b 14b 1 13a 13b 18a
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) DC (kA) 120 120/240 240 22 42 65 100 200 18 18 18 65 65 65 100 100 100 200 200 200 277 14 35 65 480 14 14 14 35 35 35 65 65 65 100 100 100 600 14 14 18 18 18 25 25 25 35 35 25 125 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 250 10 10 10 10 10 22 22 22 22
Page Number V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-271
13a 22a
13a 22a
24a
Notes N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. Not dened in W-C-375b. Current limiting. Check with Eaton for availability.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Page Number V4-T25-291 V4-T25-290 V4-T25-290 V4-T25-290
J-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type JDB JD HJD JDC
Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 AC 600 600 600 600 DC 250 250 250 250 Type of Trip N.I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specication W-C-375b 22a 22a 22a 22a
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) DC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 100 200 277 480 35 35 65 100 600 18 18 25 35 125 250 10 10 22 22
25 25 25 25 25 25
K-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type DK KDB KD CKD HKD CHKD KDC Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250400 100400 100400 100400 100400 100400 100400 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 AC 240 600 600 600 600 600 600 DC 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 Type of Trip N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specication W-C-375b 14b 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) DC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 65 65 100 100 200 277 480 35 35 35 65 65 100 600 25 25 25 35 35 65 125 250 10 10 10 22 22
Page Number V4-T25-304 V4-T25-304 V4-T25-298, V4-T25-300, V4-T25-307, V4-T25-310 V4-T25-306, V4-T25-313, V4-T25-315 V4-T25-298, V4-T25-300, V4-T25-307, V4-T25-310 V4-T25-306, V4-T25-313, V4-T25-315 V4-T25-298, V4-T25-300, V4-T25-307, V4-T25-310
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
L-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type LDB LD CLD HLD CHLD LDC CLDC Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300600 300600 300600 300600 300600 300600 300600 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 DC 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 Type of Trip N.I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specication W-C-375b 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) DC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 277 480 35 35 35 65 65 100 100 600 25 25 25 35 35 50 50 125 250 22 22 25 30 30
Page Number V4-T25-329 V4-T25-325, V4-T25-326, V4-T25-333 V4-T25-328, V4-T25-339 V4-T25-325, V4-T25-326, V4-T25-333 V4-T25-328, V4-T25-339 V4-T25-325, V4-T25-326, V4-T25-335 V4-T25-328, V4-T25-341
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. Current limiting.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-255
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-256
M-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type MDL CMDL HMDL CHMDL Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300800 300800 300800 300800 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 AC 600 600 600 600 DC 250 250 250 250 Type of Trip I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specication W-C-375b 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) DC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 100 100 277 480 50 50 65 65 600 25 25 35 35 125 250 22 25
N-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type ND CND HND CHND NDC CNDC NDU Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 6001200 6001200 6001200 6001200 6001200 6001200 6001200 Volts No. of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3 AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 DC Type of Trip N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. Federal Specication W-C-375b 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) DC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 100 100 200 200 300 277 480 50 50 65 65 100 100 150 600 25 25 35 35 65 65 75 125 250
Page Number V4-T25-362, V4-T25-375 V4-T25-369, V4-T25-378 V4-T25-364, V4-T25-375 V4-T25-371, V4-T25-378 V4-T25-366, V4-T25-375 V4-T25-373, V4-T25-378
R-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type RD 1600 CRD 1600 RD 2000 RD 2500 CRD 2000 RDC 1600 CRDC 1600 RDC 2000 RDC 2500 CRDC 2000 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 8001600 8001600 10002000 10002500 10002000 8001600 8001600 10002000 10002500 10002000 Volts No. of Poles 3, 4 3 3, 4 3, 4 3 3, 4 3 3, 4 3, 4 3 AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 DC Type of Trip N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. Federal Specication W-C-375b 24a 24a 24a 24a 24a 25a 25a 25a 25a 25a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) DC (kA) 120 120/240 240 125 125 125 125 125 200 200 200 200 200 277 480 65 65 65 65 65 100 100 100 100 100 600 50 50 50 50 50 65 65 65 65 65 125 250
Page Number V4-T25-390 V4-T25-394 V4-T25-390 V4-T25-390 V4-T25-394 V4-T25-390 V4-T25-394 V4-T25-392 V4-T25-392 V4-T25-394
Notes N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. Current limiting.
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-258 V4-T25-258 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com V4-T25-257
All two- and three-pole circuit breakers are of the common trip type. On all three-phase delta (240V) Grounded B phase applications, refer to Eaton Single-pole circuit breakers, 15 and 20 amperes. Switching duty rated (SWD) for uorescent lighting applications All G-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use HACR rated
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-258 Circuit Breaker Type GD HGHB GDB HGHC GHB GHBGFEP GHC GHCGFEP GHQ
GD 3 100 K
Suffix Number of Poles 1 = 1 pole 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 015 020 024 030 Trip Amperes 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 K D C V = Molded case switch = Ring type terminals = Steel collars = 122F (50C) J01= Fungus proofed R01= Shock tested F01= Freeze tester HID= High intensity discharge
Terminal Types For line and load-side. Terminals are UL listed as suitable for wire type and size given below. Terminal Types
Circuit Breaker Amperes Standard 1520 25100 OptionalGD Only 15100 Pressure (steel body) Slotted Cu 143 Clamp (plated steel) Pressure (aluminum body) Slotted Slotted Cu/Al Cu/Al 1410 101/0 2.54 450 Terminal Type Material Screw Head Type Wire Type AWG Wire Range Metric Wire Range (mm2)
Notes HID sufx only applies to the GHB and GHC single-pole, 1520A circuit breakers. Time constant is 8 milliseconds minimum. Two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 15 through 70A breakers only. Not UL listed sizes.
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (15100 Amperes)
Product Description
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
UL/CSA
Product Selection
Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 480 Vac 22 kAIC at 480 Vac Includes Line and Load Terminals Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number GD2015 GD2020 GD2025 GD2030 GD2035 GD2040 GD2045 GD2050 GD3015 GD3020 GD3025 GD3030 GD3035 GD3040 GD3045 GD3050 GD3060 GD3070 GD3080 GD3090 GD3100 Includes Binding Head Screws and Clamps 1032 x 0.312 Three-Pole Catalog Number GD3015D GD3020D GD3025D GD3030D GD3035D GD3040D GD3045D GD3050D GD3060D GD3070D GD3080D GD3090D GD3100D
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-259
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-260 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100
Three-Pole Catalog Number GDB3015 GDB3020 GDB3025 GDB3030 GDB3035 GDB3040 GDB3045 GDB3050 GDB3060 GDB3070 GDB3080 GDB3090 GDB3100
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) GD-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Side View
25 25 25 25 25
3.00 (76.2)
2.63 (66.7)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-261
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Typical GHB
Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04). . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Types GHB and HGHB Bolt-On Panelboard Circuit Breakers (15100 Amperes)
Standards and Certications
These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-375b as follows:
Type GHB, 120 and 240V: Single-pole: Class 11a Two-, three-pole: Classes 10b, 11b, 12b, 14b, 15b UL/CSA Type GHB, 277 and 480Y/277V: Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a Two-, three-pole: Class 13b Type HGHB 277V Type GHQ 277V
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-262
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
Product Selection
Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
277/480 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum Single-Pole Catalog Number GHB1015 GHB1020 GHB1025 GHB1030 GHB1035 GHB1040 GHB1045 GHB1050 GHB1060 GHB1070 GHB1080 GHB1090 GHB1100 277/480 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Two-Pole Catalog Number GHB2015 GHB2020 GHB2025 GHB2030 GHB2035 GHB2040 GHB2045 GHB2050 GHB2060 GHB2070 GHB2080 GHB2090 GHB2100 277/480 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Three-Pole Catalog Number GHB3015 GHB3020 GHB3025 GHB3030 GHB3035 GHB3040 GHB3045 GHB3050 GHB3060 GHB3070 GHB3080 GHB3090 GHB3100
Typical GHB
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes 480Y/277V, circuit breakers (Type GHB) not suitable for three-phase delta (480V). 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only. Use two outside poles. Uses 0.190 (4.83) 32 screw type clamp terminals. Add sufx HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. Includes 4A33462H01 load clip.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-263
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-264
3.00 (76.2) Max.
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) GDB-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Side View
4.00 (101.6)
2.63 (66.7)
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15100 Amperes)
Product Description
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Product Selection
Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 30 40 50 60 Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277 Vac, 30 mA Catalog Number GHBGFEP1015 GHBGFEP1020 GHBGFEP1030 GHBGFEP1040 GHBGFEP1050 GHBGFEP1060
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-265
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-266
3.00 (76.2)
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) GHB-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Side View
4.00 (101.6)
2.63 (66.7)
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Typical GHC
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
15100 amperes 120, 240, 277, 480Y/277V, 50/60 Hz, 125, 125/250 Vdc One-, two- and three-pole Cable in, cable out Does not include mounting hardware
Type GHC, 277 and 480Y/ 277V: Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a Two-, three-pole: Class 13b UL/CSA
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-267
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-268 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30
Product Selection
Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum Single-Pole Catalog Number GHC1015 GHC1020 GHC1025 GHC1030 GHC1035 GHC1040 GHC1045 GHC1050 GHC1060 GHC1070 GHC1080 GHC1090 GHC1100 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Two-Pole Catalog Number GHC2015 GHC2020 GHC2025 GHC2030 GHC2035 GHC2040 GHC2045 GHC2050 GHC2060 GHC2070 GHC2080 GHC2090 GHC2100 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Three-Pole Catalog Number GHC3015 GHC3020 GHC3025 GHC3030 GHC3035 GHC3040 GHC3045 GHC3050 GHC3060 GHC3070 GHC3080 GHC3090 GHC3100
Notes 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only. Use two outside poles. Uses 0.19032 screw type clamp terminals. Add sufx HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Type GHCGFEP Cable-In/Cable-Out 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15100 Amperes)
Product Description
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Product Selection
Type GHCGFEP 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 30 40 50 60 Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277V, 30 mA Catalog Number GHCGFEP1015 GHCGFEP1020 GHCGFEP1030 GHCGFEP1040 GHCGFEP1050 GHCGFEP1060
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-269
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-270
Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04). . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Product Selection
Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum Single-Pole Catalog Number GHC1025D GHC1030D GHC1035D GHC1040D GHC1045D GHC1050D GHC1060D GHC1070D GHC1080D GHC1090D GHC1100D 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Two-Pole Catalog Number GHC2025D GHC2030D GHC2035D GHC2040D GHC2045D GHC2050D GHC2060D GHC2070D GHC2080D GHC2090D GHC2100D 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Three-Pole Catalog Number GHC3025D GHC3030D GHC3035D GHC3040D GHC3045D GHC3050D GHC3060D GHC3070D GHC3080D GHC3090D GHC3100D
Type GHB and GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units for HID Lighting Applications
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 Bolt-on 15 20 Note Use two outside poles. 277 Vac Maximum Single-Pole Catalog Number GHC1015HID GHC1020HID GHB1015HID GHB1020HID
Type Cable-in
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-272 V4-T25-273 V4-T25-284 V4-T25-285 V4-T25-287 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
All Eatons F-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated All circuit breakers 10 through 30 amperes are suitable for HID (high intensity discharge) use All F-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-271
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-272
FDC 3 100 L
Circuit Breaker Type EHD FDB FD HFD FDC Number of Poles 1 = 1 pole 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Amperes 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 110 125 150 175 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only) 200 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only) 225 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only) Suffix E = 100% protected (four-pole only) neutral pole EH = 50% protected (four-pole only) K = High magnetic molded case switch L = Line and load terminals S = Stainless steel terminals V = 50C calibration W = Without terminals Y = Line terminals only Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)
EDC 3 200 L
Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles Trip Amperes 100 125 150 175 200 225 Suffix L = Line and load terminals W = Without terminals Y = Line terminals only Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)
FDE 3 225 32
Circuit Breaker Type FDE HFDE FDCE Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles
W
Suffix ZG= Zone selective interlocking Suffix W = Without terminals L = Line and load terminals = Load side terminals only
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Product Selection
Type ED Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 65 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number ED2015 ED2020 ED2025 ED2030 ED2035 ED2040 ED2050 ED2060 ED2100 ED2125 ED2150 ED2175 ED2200 ED2225 ED3015 ED3020 ED3025 ED3030 ED3035 ED3040 ED3050 ED3060 ED3100 ED3125 ED3150 ED3175 ED3200 ED3225
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 100 125 150 175 200 225
Type EDH Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 100 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number EDH2100 EDH2125 EDH2150 EDH2175 EDH2200 EDH2225 EDH3100 EDH3125 EDH3150 EDH3175 EDH3200 EDH3225
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 100 125 150 175 200 225
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-273
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-274 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 100 125 150 175 200 225
Type EDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 200 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number EDC2100 EDC2125 EDC2150 EDC2175 EDC2200 EDC2225 EDC3100 EDC3125 EDC3150 EDC3175 EDC3200 EDC3225
Type EDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 22 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number EDB2100 EDB2110 EDB2125 EDB2150 EDB2175 EDB2200 EDB2225 EDB3100 EDB3110 EDB3125 EDB3150 EDB3175 EDB3200 EDB3225
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Type EDS Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 42 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number EDS2100 EDS2110 EDS2125 EDS2150 EDS2175 EDS2200 EDS2225 EDS3100 EDS3110 EDS3125 EDS3150 EDS3175 EDS3200 EDS3225
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 110 125 150 175 200 225
Type EHD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 14 kAIC at 277 Vac Single-Pole Catalog Number EHD1010 EHD1015 EHD1020 EHD1025 EHD1030 EHD1035 EHD1040 EHD1045 EHD1050 EHD1060 EHD1070 EHD1080 EHD1090 EHD1100 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number EHD2010 EHD2015 EHD2020 EHD2025 EHD2030 EHD2035 EHD2040 EHD2045 EHD2050 EHD2060 EHD2070 EHD2080 EHD2090 EHD2100
Three-Pole Catalog Number EHD3010 EHD3015 EHD3020 EHD3025 EHD3030 EHD3035 EHD3040 EHD3045 EHD3050 EHD3060 EHD3070 EHD3080 EHD3090 EHD3100
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240-83(d).
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-275
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-276 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150
Type FDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 600 Vac Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number FDB2010 FDB2015 FDB2020 FDB2025 FDB2030 FDB2035 FDB2040 FDB2045 FDB2050 FDB2060 FDB2070 FDB2080 FDB2090 FDB2100 FDB2110 FDB2125 FDB2150 FDB3010 FDB3015 FDB3020 FDB3025 FDB3030 FDB3035 FDB3040 FDB3045 FDB3050 FDB3060 FDB3070 FDB3080 FDB3090 FDB3100 FDB3110 FDB3125 FDB3150
Four-Pole Catalog Number FDB4010 FDB4015 FDB4020 FDB4025 FDB4030 FDB4035 FDB4040 FDB4045 FDB4050 FDB4060 FDB4070 FDB4080 FDB4090 FDB4100 FDB4110 FDB4125 FDB4150
Notes Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240-83(d).
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Type FD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 35 kAIC at 277 Vac Single-Pole Catalog Number FD1010 FD1015
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number FD2015 FD2020 FD2025 FD2030 FD2035 FD2040 FD2045 FD2050 FD2060 FD2070 FD2080 FD2090 FD2100 FD2110 FD2125 FD2150 FD2175 FD2200 FD2225 FD3015 FD3020 FD3025 FD3030 FD3035 FD3040 FD3045 FD3050 FD3060 FD3070 FD3080 FD3090 FD3100 FD3110 FD3125 FD3150 FD3175 FD3200 FD3225
Four-Pole Catalog Number FD4015 FD4020 FD4025 FD4030 FD4035 FD4040 FD4045 FD4050 FD4060 FD4070 FD4080 FD4090 FD4100 FD4110 FD4125 FD4150 FD4175 FD4200 FD4225
FD1020 FD1025 FD1030 FD1035 FD1040 FD1045 FD1050 FD1060 FD1070 FD1080 FD1090 FD1100 FD1110 FD1125 FD1150
Notes Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240-83(d).
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-277
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-278 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225
Type HFD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 65 kAIC at 277 Vac Single-Pole Catalog Number HFD1015 HFD1020 HFD1025 HFD1030 HFD1035 HFD1040 HFD1045 HFD1050 HFD1060 HFD1070 HFD1080 HFD1090 HFD1100 HFD1110 HFD1125 HFD1150 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number HFD2015 HFD2020 HFD2025 HFD2030 HFD2035 HFD2040 HFD2045 HFD2050 HFD2060 HFD2070 HFD2080 HFD2090 HFD2100 HFD2110 HFD2125 HFD2150 HFD2175 HFD2200 HFD2225 HFD3015 HFD3020 HFD3025 HFD3030 HFD3035 HFD3040 HFD3045 HFD3050 HFD3060 HFD3070 HFD3080 HFD3090 HFD3100 HFD3110 HFD3125 HFD3150 HFD3175 HFD3200 HFD3225
Four-Pole Catalog Number HFD4015 HFD4020 HFD4025 HFD4030 HFD4035 HFD4040 HFD4045 HFD4050 HFD4060 HFD4070 HFD4080 HFD4090 HFD4100 HFD4110 HFD4125 HFD4150 HFD4175 HFD4200 HFD4225
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Type FDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number FDC2015 FDC2020 FDC2025 FDC2030 FDC2035 FDC2040 FDC2045 FDC2050 FDC2060 FDC2070 FDC2080 FDC2090 FDC2100 FDC2110 FDC2125 FDC215 FDC2175 FDC2200 FDC2225 FDC3015 FDC3020 FDC3025 FDC3030 FDC3035 FDC3040 FDC3045 FDC3050 FDC3060 FDC3070 FDC3080 FDC3090 FDC3100 FDC3110 FDC3125 FDC3150 FDC3175 FDC3200 FDC3225
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225
Four-Pole Catalog Number FDC4015 FDC4020 FDC4025 FDC4030 FDC4035 FDC4040 FDC4045 FDC4050 FDC4060 FDC4070 FDC4080 FDC4090 FDC4100 FDC4110 FDC4125 FDC4150 FDC4175 FDC4200 FDC4225
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-279
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-280 Maximum Ampere Rating
Types FDE, HFDE and FDCE Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number
IC Rating 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 CTF080 CTF160 CTF225 FDE308033 FDE316033 FDE322533 FDE308032 FDE316032 FDE322532 FDE308035 FDE316035 FDE322535 FDE308036 FDE316036 FDE322536
IC Rating 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 CTF080 CTF160 CTF225 HFDE308033 HFDE316033 HFDE322533 HFDE308032 HFDE316032 HFDE322532 HFDE308035 HFDE316035 HFDE322535 HFDE308036 HFDE316036 HFDE322536
IC Rating 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 CTF080 CTF160 CTF225 FDCE308033 FDCE316033 FDCE322533 FDCE308032 FDCE316032 FDCE322532 FDCE308035 FDCE316035 FDCE322535 FDCE308036 FDCE316036 FDCE322536
Ratings 100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 100 150 225 Three-Pole 100 150 225 Four-Pole 100 150 225
EHD2100K
EHD3100K
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-281
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-282
Line and Load Terminals Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. Except as noted, terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B. Unless otherwise specified, F-Frame circuit breakers are factory equipped with load terminals only.
Ordering Information F-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have load terminals only as standard equipment. When standard line-end terminals (same as standard load-end terminals) are required, add Suffix L to the circuit breaker catalog number. When nonstandard or optional line and/ or load terminals are required, order by style number. Specify if factory installation is required.
Wire Type
Standard Pressure Type Terminals 20 (EHD) 100 225 Steel Steel Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 1410 141/0 44/0 2.54 2.550 2595 3T20FB 3T100FB 3TA225FD 3TA50FB 3TA100FD 3T150FB 3T225FD 3TA225FDK
Optional Pressure Terminals 50 100 200 225 225 Aluminum Aluminum Stainless steel Copper Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu/AI 144 141/0 44/0 44/0 6300 kcmil 2.525 2.550 2595 2595 16150
Notes Use on FDE, HFDE and FDCE electronic trip only. Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers. Includes terminal shield kit. Adds approximately 3 inches (76.2) to breaker height. Available for use on three-pole breaker only.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
Collar
25
Clip
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
3T100FB, 3T150FB Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. Caution: Collar must surround conductor.
3TA225FD Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion on collar. Install clip with legs on top of conductor and snap end around bottom of collar.
Collar
25 25 25
3TA225FDK (Up to 150 mm2) Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Terminal shield must be used with this collar.
3TA50FB Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely with screw and washer.
3TA100FD Collar slides onto conductor and is held in position by a screw and lockwasher.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-283
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Accessories
Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. Allowable Accessory Combinations FD Frame Accessories
Description Reference Page Single-Pole Center Two-Pole Left Right Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole) Alarm lockout switch (make only) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T25-428 V4-T25-428 V4-T25-428 V4-T25-430 V4-T25-430 V4-T25-432 V4-T25-434 V4-T25-438 V4-T25-440
External Accessories
End cap kit Keeper nut Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Terminal end covers Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp Padlockable handle lock hasp Cylinder lock Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (solenoid and motor) operators Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms LFD current limiter IQ Energy Sentinel Cause of trip display Remote mount cause of trip display Cause of trip LED Modications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available V4-T25-251
V4-T25-461 V4-T25-461 V4-T25-462 V4-T25-463 V4-T25-463 V4-T25-465 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-468 V4-T25-468 V4-T25-469 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-471 V4-T25-472 V4-T25-474 V4-T25-475 V4-T25-477 V4-T25-482 V4-T25-482 V4-T25-483 V4-T25-483 V4-T25-483
Note Internal accessories are listed with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for factory installation. They are not listed with UL for eld installation.
V4-T25-284
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 277 480 600 22 42 65 100 200 18 18 65 65 100 100 200 200 4 35 65 14 14 35 35 65 65 100 100 14 18 18 25 25 35 25
Volts DC 125 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
250 10 10 10 22 22
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com V4-T25-285
2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4
FDE HFD
2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3
250 10 10 10 22 22
Notes DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. Electronics available on three-pole only, no DC rating for FDE, HFDE, FDCE. Current limiting. Check with Eaton for availability.
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480V Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm
Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time Flat Short delay time Z.S.I. Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay at Ground fault Z.S.I. Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts System Monitoring Digital display Current Voltage Power and energy Power quality harmonics Power factor Communications PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In
Note ZSI (zone selective interlocking) is optional. Must order with ZSI. Standard 310+ does not come with ZSI.
V4-T25-286
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
25 25 25 25
Side View
FD Frame, Three-Pole
Front View
25 25 25 25
On Off
25
6.00 (152.4)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com V4-T25-287
4.13 (104.9)
3.38 (85.7)
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-288
Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04). . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-289 V4-T25-290 V4-T25-293 V4-T25-294 V4-T25-295 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
All Eatons J-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated J-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers J-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25
JD 3 250 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type JDB JD HJD JDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 070 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Suffix C = Non-aluminum terminals F = Frame only K = High magnetic molded case switch V = 50C calibration W = Without terminals X = Load side terminals only Y = Line side terminals only
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Trip Unit
JT 3 250 T
Trip Unit Type JT = Thermal-magnetic Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Unit Rating/ Plug Ampere Rating 070 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Suffix T = Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal adj. magnetic V = 50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-289
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-290 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Three-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Four-Pole 125 150 175 200 225 250 JD4125 JD4150 JD4175 JD4200 JD4225 JD4250 JD3070 JD3090 JD3100 JD3125 JD3150 JD3175 JD3200 JD3225 JD3250 JD2070 JD2090 JD2100 JD2125 JD2150 JD2175 JD2200 JD2225 JD2250
Product Selection
Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Catalog Number
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-292 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
TA250KB
TA250KB
TA250KB
Notes Magnetic trip adjustable 510 times continuous ampere rating. Individually packed. Fully rated neutral pole with no protection. Neutral is in right pole.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-292 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
Type JDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with NonInterchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed Application
600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number
Complete Circuit Breaker Only Without Line and Load Terminals Suitable for Reverse Feed Use Catalog Catalog Number Number
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Three-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-291
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-292
Slotted Screw Collar
Collar
Nut
Slotted Screw
T250KB Terminal
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 250 Aluminum Cu/AI 4350 kcmil 25185 TA250KB
Optional Cu Pressure Terminals 250 Stainless Steel Cu 4350 kcmil 25185 T250KB
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
JD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Plug nut Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Cylinder lock Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (solenoid) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension IQ Energy Sentinel Modications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available V4-T25-251 V4-T25-461 V4-T25-462 V4-T25-462 V4-T25-463 V4-T25-464 V4-T25-465 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-468 V4-T25-468 V4-T25-469 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-472 V4-T25-472 V4-T25-474 V4-T25-475 V4-T25-477 V4-T25-481 V4-T25-482 V4-T25-428 V4-T25-430 V4-T25-430 V4-T25-432 V4-T25-435 V4-T25-438 V4-T25-442 Reference Page Two-, Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral
25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-293
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-294 Circuit Breaker Type JDB JD HJD JDC
250 10 10 22 22
250 10 22 22
Notes Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. Current limiting.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
25 25 25 25
Side View
JD-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Front View Cutout 1.56 (39.7) 4.13 (104.8)
25 25 25 25
0.78 (19.8) 2.92 (74.2) 0.88 (22.2) 3.33 (84.5) 1.38 (34.9) 1.75 (44.5) 4.06 (103.2) 10.00 (254.0)
ON
C L Handle
C L Breaker
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
0.72 (18.2)
0.50 (12.7) Diameter 3 Megger Holes if Required
0.19 R (4.8) R
OFF
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-295
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-296
Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04). . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-297 V4-T25-298 V4-T25-318 V4-T25-319 V4-T25-322 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
All Eaton K-Frame Circuit Breakers are HACR rated K-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers K-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25
KD 3 400 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type DK KD KDB HKD HKDB KDC CKD CHKD Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Suffix C = Copper terminals E = 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic trip circuit breaker only) F = Frame only K = High magnetic molded case switch V = 50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only) W = Without terminals X = Load side terminals only Y = Line side terminals only No suffix number indicates standard load and line side terminals
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Trip Unit
KT 3 400 T
Trip Unit Type KT=Thermal-magnetic KES= Electronic Suffix Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Unit Rating/ Plug Ampere Rating 070 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 LS = Electronic trip unit adjustable short time delay with I2t short delay ramp LSI= Electronic trip unit independently adjustable short time pickup and delay LSG= Electronic trip unit adjustable short time pickup with I2t short delay and ground fault protection LSIG= Electronic trip unit independently adjustable short time pickup and delay and ground fault protection V = 50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only) E = 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic trip unit only) terminals only T = Trip unit only
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Trip Type 2 = LSI 6 = LSIG 7 = LSIA Suffix W = Without terminals
KD 3 125 T5 7 W
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type KD HKD KDC CKD CHKD Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 125 250 400 Trip Model T5= Model 550 T10= Model 1050
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-297
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-298 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Three-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Four-Pole 100 125 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 KD4100 KD4125 KD4175 KD4200 KD4225 KD4250 KD4300 KD4350 KD4400 KD3100 KD3125 KD3150 KD3175 KD3200 KD3225 KD3250 KD3300 KD3350 KD3400 KD2100 KD2125 KD2150 KD2175 KD2200 KD2225 KD2250 KD2300 KD2350 KD2400
Product Selection
Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only Standard Terminals Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Catalog Number See Page V4-T25-317 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
HKD2100 HKD2125 HKD2150 HKD2175 HKD2200 HKD2225 HKD2250 HKD2300 HKD2350 HKD2400
KDC2100 KDC2125 KDC2150 KDC2175 KDC2200 KDC2225 KDC2250 KDC2300 KDC2350 KDC2400
KT2100T KT2125T KT2150T KT2175T KT2200T KT2225T KT2250T KT2300T KT2350T KT2400T
TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA350K TA350K TA350K 2TA400K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA350K TA350K TA350K 3TA400K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA350K TA350K TA350K 4TA400K
HKD3100 HKD3125 HKD3150 HKD3175 HKD3200 HKD3225 HKD3250 HKD3300 HKD3350 HKD3400
KDC3100 KDC3125 KDC3150 KDC3175 KDC3200 KDC3225 KDC3250 KDC3300 KDC3350 KDC3400
KT3100T KT3125T KT3150T KT3175T KT3200T KT3225T KT3250T KT3300T KT3350T KT3400T
Notes Magnetic trip adjustable 510 times continuous ampere rating. Individually packed. 2TA400K, 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-299
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-300 400 KD3400F 250 KD3400F Max. Cont. Ampere Rating at 40C 125
Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals. Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac KDC3400F Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Independently Pickup with Adjustable I2t Short Delay and Short Time Pickup and Ground Fault Delay Protection KES3125LSI KES3125LSG Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection KES3125LSIG
Digitrip 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-317 for Optional Terminals TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K 125/150/200/250 A2KES250T1 TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA350K 200/250/300/400 A4KES400T1 200/240/260/280 A4KES200T5 320/340/360/380 A4KES300T5 TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA350K 3TA400K
Standard High Interrupting Interrupting Capacity Capacity 600 Vac 600 Vac Rated Rated 35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 480 Vac Catalog Number KD3400F HKD3400F
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp KES3125LS
Fixed Ampere Rating Rating Plug Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES110T 1KES125T 2KES070T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T 4KES200T 4KES225T 4KES250T 4KES300T 4KES350T 4KES400T 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1
HKD3400F
KDC3400F
KES3250LS
KES3250LSI
KES3250LSG
KES3250LSIG
HKD3400F
KDC3400F
KES3400LS
KES3400LSI
KES3400LSG
KES3400LSIG
Notes Three-pole KES Trip Units are for use in three-pole frames only. Ampere rating is established by rating plug. For AC use only. Individually packed. 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-317 for Optional Terminals TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K
Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsFour Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac KDC4400F Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Independently Pickup with Adjustable I2t Short Delay and Short Time Ground Fault Pickup and Protection Delay KES4125LSI Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Standard High Interrupting Interrupting Capacity Capacity 600 Vac 600 Vac Rated Rated 35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 480 Vac Catalog Number KD4400F HKD4400F
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp KES4125LS
Fixed Ampere Rating Rating Plug Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES110T 1KES125T 2KES070T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T 4KES200T 4KES225T 4KES250T 4KES300T 4KES350T 4KES400T 200/250/300/400 A4KES400T1 200/240/260/280 A4KES200T5 320/340/360/380 A4KES300T5 125/150/200/250 A2KES250T1 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1
TA300K TA300K
250
KD4400F
HKD4400F
KDC4400F
KES4250LS
KES4250LSI
400
KD4400F
HKD4400F
KDC4400F
KES4400LS
KES4400LSI
Notes Trip unit includes protected neutral pole. Use corresponding three-pole trip unit if protected neutral pole is not required. Fully rated neutral pole protection is standard. For 50% rated protection on neutral pole, add Sufx E to four-pole trip unit catalog number. Ampere rating is established by rating plug. For AC use only. Individually packed. 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-301
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-302 400 3 250 3 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay Type KDB 125 3
Types KDB and HKDB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In 28 x In 28 x In 28 x In I300 ms 0300 ms Varies by frame Varies by frame 0500 ms 0500 ms Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug (Order as Separate Items)
Number of Poles
Fixed
Adjustable
Catalog Number
KDB3125FT33W
KDB3125FT32W
KDB3125FT35W
KDB3125FT36W
70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1
KDB3250FT33W
KDB3250FT32W
KDB3250FT35W
KDB3250FT36W
2KES070T 2KES090T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T
125/150/200/250 A2KES250T1
KDB3400FT33W
KDB3400FT32W
KDB3400FT35W
KDB3400FT36W
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25
Types KDB and HKDB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In 28 x In 28 x In 28 x In I300 ms 0300 ms Varies by frame Varies by frame 0500 ms 0500 ms Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug (Order as Separate Items)
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay Type HKDB 125
Number of Poles
Fixed
Adjustable
Catalog Number
HKDB3125FT33W
HKDB3125FT32W
HKDB3125FT35W
HKDB3125FT36W
70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
250
HKDB3250FT33W
HKDB3250FT32W
HKDB3250FT35W
HKDB3250FT36W
2KES070T 2KES090T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T
125/150/200/250 A2KES250T1
400
HKDB3400FT33W
HKDB3400FT32W
HKDB3400FT35W
HKDB3400FT36W
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-303
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-304
Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for reverse feed application.
Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
240 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number 600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Three-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400
KDB2100W KDB2125W KDB2150W KDB2175W KDB2200W KDB2225W KDB2250W KDB2300W KDB2350W KDB2400W
KDB2100 KDB2125 KDB2150 KDB2175 KDB2200 KDB2225 KDB2250 KDB2300 KDB2350 KDB2400
KDB3100W KDB3125W KDB3150W KDB3175W KDB3200W KDB3225W KDB3250W KDB3300W KDB3350W KDB3400W
KDB3100 KDB3125 KDB3150 KDB3175 KDB3200 KDB3225 KDB3250 KDB3300 KDB3350 KDB3400
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25
Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-305
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-306 400 CKD3400F 250 CKD3400F Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 125 Standard Interrupting Capacity
100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. 100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit BreakersThree Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Standard High Interrupting Capacity Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection KES3125LSG Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection KES3125LSIG Digitrip 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-317 for Optional Terminals TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K 125/150/200/225 A2KES250T1 TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA350K 200/250/300/400 A4KES400T1 220/240/260/280 A4KES200T5 320/340/360/380 A4KES300T5 TA300K TA300K TA350K TA350K TA350K 3TA400K
35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 480 Vac Catalog Number CKD3400F CHKD3400F
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp KES3125LS
Fixed Ampere Rating Rating Plug Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES110T 1KES125T 1KES125T 2KES070T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T 4KES200T 4KES225T 4KES250T 4KES300T 4KES350T 4KES400T 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1
CHKD3400F
KES3250LS
KES3250LSI
KES3250LSG
KES3250LSIG
CHKD3400F
KES3400LS
KES3400LSI
KES3400LSG
KES3400LSIG
Notes Individually packed. 3TA400K terminal kit contains one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KD3125T52W KD3125T56W KD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 KD3250T52W KD3250T56W KD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 KD3400T52W KD3400T56W KD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-307
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-308 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HKD3125T52W HKD3125T56W HKD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 HKD3250T52W HKD3250T56W HKD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 HKD3400T52W HKD3400T56W HKD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KDC3125T52W KDC3125T56W KDC3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 KDC3250T52W KDC3250T56W KDC3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 KDC3400T52W KDC3400T56W KDC3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-309
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-310 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KD3125T106W KD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 KD3250T106W KD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 KD3400T106W KD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A22 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HKD3125T106W HKD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 HKD3250T106W HKD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 HKD3400T106W HKD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-311
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-312 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KDC3125T106W KDC3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 KDC3250T106W KDC3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 KDC3400T106W KDC3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CKD3125T52W CKD3125T56W CKD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CKD3250T52W CKD3250T56W CKD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CKD3400T52W CKD3400T56W CKD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number (refer to Page V4-T25-446). ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-313
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-314 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHKD3125T52W CHKD3125T56W CHKD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 CHKD3250T52W CHKD3250T56W CHKD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CHKD3400T52W CHKD3400T56W CHKD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CKD3125T106W CKD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CKD3250T106W CKD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CKD3400T106W CKD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-315
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-316 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHKD3125T106W CHKD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 CHKD3250T106W CHKD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CHKD3400T106W CHKD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Tab is 1/4 x.032 TA401K TA400K, T400K TA350K, T350K TA300K, T300K T400KCW, TA400KCW, TA401KCW TA402K, T402K
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Wire Type
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 225 400 400 400 400 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 3350/(1) 250500/(1) 3/0250/(2) 3/0250/(2) 3/0250/(2) 35185 120240 95120 95120 95120 TA300K TA350K 2TA400K 3TA400K 4TA400K T300K T350K 2T400K
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 225 400 400 Copper Copper Copper Cu Cu Cu 3350/(1) 250500/(1) 3/0250/(2) 35185 120240 95120 2T400KCW 3T400KCW 4T400KCW
3T400K 4T400K 400 Aluminum Cu/AI 2/0250/(2) or 2/0500/(1) 500750/(1) 70120 70240 70240 400 Aluminum Cu/AI 300400
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
4TA402K 400 Copper Cu 500750/(1) 2T402K 3T402K 4T402K Notes Individually packed. Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. Two-pole kit. Three-pole kit. Four-pole kit. Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and three interphase barriers.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-317
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. KD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism
Reference Page
V4-T25-429 V4-T25-429 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-432 V4-T25-435 V4-T25-438 V4-T25-443 V4-T25-446
PowerNet or zone interlock kit (OPTIM 550) External Accessories End cap kit Keeper nut Control wire terminal kit Terminal adapter Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Cylinder lock Key Interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (solenoid) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension IQ Energy Sentinel Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available
V4-T25-461 V4-T25-461 V4-T25-462 V4-T25-462 V4-T25-463 V4-T25-464 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-468 V4-T25-468 V4-T25-469 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-471 V4-T25-472 V4-T25-474 V4-T25-475 V4-T25-477 V4-T25-481 V4-T25-482 V4-T25-482
Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on KES or OPTIM trip units. Standard internal accessories cannot be mounted in right pole on any K-Frame OPTIM trip unites. Special OPTIM ground fault and zone interlock accessories are available for eld installation in the right pole of K-Frame 550 OPTIM trip units. Factory installed 2a/2b and bell/aux are available for factory installation. K-Frame breakers equipped with OPTIM 1050 trip units include aux-bell alarm in the right pole.
V4-T25-318
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Center Right Neutral
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3 3
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 277 480 65 65 65 100 200 65 100 35 35 65 100 35 65
600 25 25 35 65 25 35
Volts DC 250 10 10 10 22 22
Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. Current limiting.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-319
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Specications
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time at Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay at Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes Adjust by rating plug. Zone interlock kit. With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). By OPTIMizer/BIM. Eatons PowerNet kit. 400 ampere frame 15 x I (80 A). g 250 ampere frame 15 x Ig (50 A). 125 ampere frame 15 x Ig (25 A).
No No Yes
V4-T25-320
www.eaton.com
25.3
Digitrip OPTIM 1050
Specications, continued
Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes By OPTIMizer/BIM. Eatons PowerNet kit.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
No No No No No
No No No No No
No
No
Yes
Test set
Test set
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-321
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-322 0.19 R (4.8 R)
1.31 (33.3)
5.49 (139.4)
1.64 (41.7)
ON
1.25 (31.8)
OFF
10.13 (257.2)
Note Weights shown are for thermal-magnetic trip units. Three-pole electronic trip units weigh 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg).
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-324 V4-T25-325 V4-T25-343 V4-T25-345 V4-T25-348 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
All Eaton L-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated L-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers L-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
CE marked
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-323
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-324 Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type LD HLD LDC CLD CHLD CLDC
LD 3 600 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type LDB LD HLD LDC CLD CHLD CLDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 300 350 400 450 500 600 Suffix C = Copper terminals F = Frame only K = High magnetic molded case switch V = 50C (thermal-magnetic trip units only) W = Without terminals X = Load side terminals only Y = Line side terminals only
LT 3 400 T
Trip Unit Type LT = Thermal Magnetic Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Unit Rating/Plug Ampere Rating 300 350 400 450 500 600 Suffix T =Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal adjustable magnetic V =50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)
LD 3 125 T5 7 W
Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles Trip Type 2 = LSI (550 only) 6 = LSIG 7 = LSIA Trip Model T5 = Model 550 T10 = Model 1050 Suffix W = Without terminals
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 125 (Available on Model 1050 only) 250 (Available on Model 1050 only) 400 600
LES 3 600 LS P
Trip Unit Type LES = Electronic Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Unit Ampere Rating 600 Suffix LS LSI LSG LSIG Suffix P = 100% protected neutral on four-pole trip unit
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Product Selection
Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 Three-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 Four-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 LD4300 LD4350 LD4400 LD4450 LD4500 LD4600 HLD4300 HLD4350 HLD4400 HLD4450 HLD4500 HLD4600 LDC4300 LDC4350 LDC4400 LDC4450 LDC4500 LDC4600 LT4300T LT4350T LT4400T LT4450T LT4500T LT4600T TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD
High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number
Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only Standard Terminals Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Catalog Number See Page V4-T25-342 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number
TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD 2TA603LDK TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD 3TA603LDK
Notes Magnetic trip range 510 times continuous ampere rating. Individually packed. Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. Neutral is in right pole.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-325
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-326 Four-Pole 600 LD4600F
Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals.
Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard High Interrupting Interrupting Capacity Capacity 600 Vac Maximum 600 Vac Rated Continuous Rated 35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at Ampere 480 Vac 480 Vac Rating at 40C Catalog Number Three-Pole 600 LD3600F HLD3600F LDC3600F LES3600LS LES3600LSI LES3600LSG LES3600LSIG 300 350 400 450 500 600 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 300/400/ 500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/ 460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/ 560/580 A6LES500T5 TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD 3TA603LDK Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) Ampere Catalog Number Rating Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-342 for Optional Terminals
HLD4600F
LDC4600F
LES4600LS
LES4600LSI
Notes Individually packed. For AC use only. Neutral is in right pole. Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25
Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In LSI 28 x In I300 ms LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug (Order as Separate Items)
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay
Fixed
Adjustable
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
Type LDB, HLDB and LDCB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit 600 3 LDB3600FT33W LDB3600FT32W LDB3600FT35W LDB3600FT35W 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 600 3 HLDB3600FT33W HLDB3600FT32W HLDB3600FT35W HLDB3600FT36W 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 600 3 LDCB3600FT33W LDCB3600FT32W LDCB3600FT35W LDCB3600FT36W 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5 300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5 300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-327
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-328 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Three-Pole 600 CLD3600F
100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug and terminals.
100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Standard Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Ampere Rating Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-342 for Optional Terminals
Standard High Interrupting Interrupting Capacity Capacity 600 Vac 600 Vac Rated Rated 35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 480 Vac Catalog Number
CHLD3600F
CLDC3600F
LES3600LS
LES3600LSI
LES3600LSG
LES3600LSIG
Notes Ampere rating is established by rating plug. Individually packed. 3TA603LDK terminal kit contains one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-342 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Two-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 Three-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600
Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
600 600 600 Three-Pole 600 600 600 Four-Pole 600 600 600
Notes Factory sealedsuitable for reverse feed application. Molded case switch will trip above 6000 amperes.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-329
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-330 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LD3125T52W LD3125T56W LD3125T57W LD3250T52W LD3250T56W LD3250T57W LD3400T52W LD3400T56W LD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 LD3600T52W LD3600T56W LD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HLD3125T52W HLD3125T56W HLD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 HLD3250T52W HLD3250T56W HLD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 HLD3400T52W HLD3400T56W HLD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 HLD3600T52W HLD3600T56W HLD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-331
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-332 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Catalog Catalog Ampere Catalog Number Number Number Rating Number
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LDC3125T52W LDC3125T56W LDC3125T57W LDC3250T52W LDC3250T56W LDC3250T57W LDC3400T52W LDC3400T56W LDC3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 LDC3600T52W LDC3600T56W LDC3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Please contact your local Eaton sales ofce. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Catalog Ampere Catalog Number Number Rating Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LD3125T106W LD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 LD3250T106W LD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 LD3400T106W LD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 LD3600T106W LD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-333
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-334 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Catalog Ampere Catalog Number Number Rating Number
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HLD3125T106W HLD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 HLD3250T106W HLD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 HLD3400T106W HLD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 HLD3600T106W HLD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LDC3125T106W LDC3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 LDC3250T106W LDC3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 LDC3400T106W LDC3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 LDC3600T106W LDC3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-335
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-336 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLD3125T52W CLD3125T56W CLD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 CLD3250T52W CLD3250T56W CLD3125T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CLD3400T52W CLD3400T56W CLD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 CLD3600T52W CLD3600T56W CLD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHLD3125T52W CHLD3125T56W CHLD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CHLD3250T52W CHLD3250T56W CHLD3125T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CHLD3400T52W CHLD3400T56W CHLD3400T57W 200 225 250 350 400 600 CHLD3600T52W CHLD3600T56W CHLD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A125 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-337
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-338 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLDC3125T52W CLDC3125T56W CLDC3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 CLDC3250T52W CLDC3250T56W CLDC3125T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CLDC3400T52W CLDC3400T56W CLDC3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 CLDC3600T52W CLDC3600T56W CLDC3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Catalog Ampere Catalog Number Number Rating Number
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLD3125T106W CLD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CLD3250T106W CLD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CLD3400T106W CLD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 CLD3600T106W CLD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-339
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHLD3125T106W CHLD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 CHLD3250T106W CHLD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CHLD3400T106W CHLD3400T107W 200 225 ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-340 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. Factory sealed. 600 CHLD3600T106W CHLD3600T107W
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLDC3125T106W CLDC3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CLDC3250T106W CLDC3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CLDC3400T106W CLDC3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 CLDC3600T106W CLDC3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-341
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
L-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. The wire connecting terminal is secured with two panhead, slotted screws and lockwashers that can be checked for the correct torque loading or retightened from the front of the circuit
breaker before installation of the conductors. (Applies to all styles.) The circuit breaker line/load terminal conductors are positioned in the conducting holes in the wire connecting terminal and are secured with recessed socket screws that are tightened to the correct torque loading from the front of the circuit breaker.
Ordering Information L-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper terminals are required, order by catalog Number. Specify if factory installation is required.
Terminal Cover
Screws
Wire Type
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 400 400 400 450 500 600 600 600 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 4/0600 (1) 4/0600 (1) 4/0600 (1) 44/0 (2) 3/0350 (2) 400500 (2) 400500 (2) 400500 (2) 120300 120300 120300 2595 95150 185240 185240 185240 Two-pole kit Three-pole kit Four-pole kit
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 600 Copper Cu 250350 (2) 120250 T602LD T602LDCW
Notes Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. Individually packed.
V4-T25-342
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25
Neutral
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
LD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism
Reference Page
Four-Pole Left
Center
Right
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-429 V4-T25-429 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-433 V4-T25-433 V4-T25-435 V4-T25-438 V4-T25-444 V4-T25-446
Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550) External Accessories End cap kit Control wire terminal kit Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (motor) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available
V4-T25-461 V4-T25-462 V4-T25-464 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-468 V4-T25-469 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-471 V4-T25-473 V4-T25-474 V4-T25-475 V4-T25-477 V4-T25-481 V4-T25-482
25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations. OPTIM model 1050 is factory sealed and does not have the right pole space available for accessories. Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on LES or OPTIM trip units. Standard non-tripping internal accessories can be mounted in the left or right poles of LES and 550 OPTIM trip units.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-343
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-344 Description
OPTIM System Components Three Poles Ground fault alarm unit Potential transformer module Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations. V4-T25-251 V4-T25-482 V4-T25-482 V4-T25-483 V4-T25-483 V4-T25-483
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
Interrupting Capacity (kA rms Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 277 480 600 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 35 35 35 65 65 100 100 25 25 25 35 35 50 50
Volts DC 125
25
250 22 22 25 30
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Circuit Breaker Type LDB LD CLD HLD, HLDB CHLD LDC, LDCB CLDC
Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415 690 Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu 85 85 85 100 100 200 200 85 85 85 100 100 100 100 45 45 45 70 70 100 100 45 45 45 70 70 75 75 20 20 20 25 25 35 35
Ics 10 10 10 13 13 18 18
Ics 10 10 10 10
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Utilization Category A circuit breakers. L/R = 8 milliseconds minimum. Two-pole circuit breaker or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Incorporating thermal-magnetic trip unit only. 100% rated breakers. Current limiting.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-345
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-346
Specications
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time at Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay at Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes Adjust by rating plug. By OPTIMizer/BIM. Eatons PowerNet kit. Zone interlock kit. With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU).
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
No No Yes
www.eaton.com
25.3
Digitrip OPTIM 1050
Specications, continued
Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes By OPTIMizer/BIM. Eatons PowerNet kit.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
No No No No No
No No No No No
No
No
Yes
Test set
Test set
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-347
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-348 3.64 (92.5) 7.28 (184.9) C L Handle Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87.3) 1.72 (43.7) C L Breaker
0.25 (6.4) R
10.75 (273.1)
8.21 (208.6)
0.19 R (4.8) R
8.25 (209.6)
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-350 V4-T25-351 V4-T25-356 V4-T25-357 V4-T25-359 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
All Eaton M-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated MDL-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers MDLB, HMDLB-Frame circuit breakers with noninterchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use
CE marked
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-349
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-350 Note Thermal-magnetic only.
MDL 3 800 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type MDL, MDLB HMDL, HMDLB Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Suffix F = Frame only K = High magnetic molded case switch V = 50C (thermal-magnetic trip units only) W = Without terminals X = Load side terminals only Y = Line side terminals only
MT 3 800 T
Trip Unit Type MT MES Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles Trip Unit Rating/ Plug Ampere Rating 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Suffix T = Thermal-magnetic V = 50C (thermal-magnetic trip units only) LS =Digitrip RMS 310 LSI =Digitrip RMS 310 LSG =Digitrip RMS 310 LSIG =Digitrip RMS 310
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-355 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
Product Selection
Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsTwo-Pole
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDL2300 MDL2350 MDL2400 MDL2450 MDL2500 MDL2600 MDL2700 MDL2800 Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDL2300 HMDL2350 HMDL2400 HMDL2450 HMDL2500 HMDL2600 HMDL2700 HMDL2800 Magnetic Trip Range is 510 Up Through 600A; 48 on 700 and 800A x Continuous Ampere Rating Catalog Number MT2300T MT2350T MT2400T MT2450T MT2500T MT2600T MT2700T MT2800T
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDL3300 MDL3350 MDL3400 MDL3450 MDL3500 MDL3600 MDL3700 MDL3800 Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDL3300 HMDL3350 HMDL3400 HMDL3450 HMDL3500 HMDL3600 HMDL3700 HMDL3800 Magnetic Trip Range is 510 Up Through 600A; 48 on 700 and 800A x Continuous Ampere Rating Catalog Number MT3300T MT3400T MT3400T MT3450T MT3500T MT3600T MT3700T MT3800T Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-355 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-351
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-352 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip UnitsTwo-Pole
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDLB2300 MDLB2350 MDLB2400 MDLB2450 MDLB2500 MDLB2600 MDLB2700 MDLB2800 High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDLB2300 HMDLB2350 HMDLB2400 HMDLB2450 HMDLB2500 HMDLB2600 HMDLB2700 HMDLB2800 Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-355 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree Pole
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDLB3300 MDLB3350 MDLB3400 MDLB3450 MDLB3500 MDLB3600 MDLB3700 MDLB3800 High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDLB3300 HMDLB3350 HMDLB3400 HMDLB3450 HMDLB3500 HMDLB3600 HMDLB3700 HMDLB3800 Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-355 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
Notes Factory sealed for reverse feed application. Two terminals are required per pole.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25
Terminals See Page V4-T25-355 for standard and optional terminals
Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units Order as Individual Components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals.
Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Maximum Vac Continuous Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Ampere Rating Catalog at 40C Number 800 MDL3800F Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plugs L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (by Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) High Interrupting I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous Capacity 600 Vac G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Rated 65 kAIC Delay (Flat Response) at 480 Vac Catalog Catalog Ampere Number Number Rating HMDL3800F MES3800LS MES3800LSI MES3800LSG MES3800LSIG 400 500 600 700 800
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number 8MES400T 8MES500T 8MES600T 8MES700T 8MES800T
Ampere Rating Catalog Number 400/500/600/800 A8MES800T 620/640/660/680 A8MES600T5 720/740/760/780 A8MES700T5
25 25 25 25 25 25
Types MDLB and HMDLB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit LS LSI LSG Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 MDLB3800T33W MDLB3800T32W MDLB3800T35W MDLB3800T36W
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 HMDLB3800T33W HMDLB3800T32W HMDLB3800T35W HMDLB3800T36W
Notes Ampere rating is established by rating plug. For AC use only. Factory sealed, suitable for reverse feed application. CMDLB and CHMDLB are also available.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-353
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-354 Three-Pole 800 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Standard Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 480 Vac
100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug and terminals.
100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Standard Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Ground Fault Protection MES3800LSI Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Adjustable Rating Plug Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection MES3800LSG
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp MES3800LS
Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Ground Fault Protection MES3800LSIG
Fixed Ampere Rating Rating Plug Catalog Number 8MES400T 8MES500T 8MES600T 8MES700T 8MES800T 400/500/600/800 A8MES800T 620/640/660/680 A8MES600T5 720/740/760/780 A8MES700T5
Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker
components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.
Notes Ampere rating is established by rating plug. For AC use only. MDLB and HMDLB are suitable for reverse feed applications. Molded case switch may trip above 6000 amperes.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
TA700MA1
TA800MA2
TA801MA
25 25
Terminal Catalog Number Terminals with Control Wire Termination Catalog Number
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Wire Type
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 700 800 std. 800 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI (2) 1500 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (2) 500750 kcmil TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA TA700MA1CWT TA800MA2CWT TA801MACWT
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 600 800 Copper Copper Cu Cu (2) 2/0500 kcmil (3) 3/0300 kcmil T600MA1 T800MA1
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-355
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-356
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
MD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (motor) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T25-464 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-468 V4-T25-469 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-471 V4-T25-473 V4-T25-474 V4-T25-475 V4-T25-477 V4-T25-481 V4-T25-482
Reference Page
Three-Pole Left
Center
Right
V4-T25-429 V4-T25-429 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-433 V4-T25-433 V4-T25-436 V4-T25-438 V4-T25-444
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 480 600 65 65 100 100 50 50 65 65 25 25 35 35
Volts DC 250 22 25
25 25 25 25 25 25
Interrupting Capacity rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) I CU I CS Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65/65 65/65 100/100 100/100 415 50/50 50/50 70/50 70/50 690 20/10 20/10 25/13 25/13 Volts DC 250 20/10 20/10
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Utilization Category A circuit breakers. Two-pole or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Thermal-magnetic trip units only, MDL, HMDL breakers with electronic trip unit are not DC rated. Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds at 22 kA.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-357
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-358
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
25 25 25
Front View Side View
25 25
R 0.25 (6.4)
1.72 (43.7)
C L Breaker
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Frame Only Two-Pole 24.5 (11.1) Trip Unit Two-Pole 2.5 (1.1)
R 0.19 (4.8)
1.50 (38.1)
C L Handle
1.33 (33.7)
3.28 (83.3)
16.00 (406.4)
0.97 (24.6)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-359
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-360
Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04). . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-361 V4-T25-362 V4-T25-383 V4-T25-384 V4-T25-387 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
All Eaton N-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use All N-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25
ND 3 12 T3 2 W
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type ND HND NDC NDU CND CHND CNDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Type 2 = LSI 3 = LS 5 = LSG 6 = LSIG 7 = LSIA E EH K W X Y = = = = = = Suffix 100% R.P. protected (four-pole) 50% R.P. protected (four-pole) High magnetic molded case switch Without terminals Load only terminals Line only terminals
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Trip Model T3= Model 310 T5 = Model 550 T7= Model 750 T10 = Model 1050
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-361
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-362 1200 ND312T33W Three-Pole 800 ND3800T33W or ND4800T33EW (100% Neutral) 1200 ND212T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800 ND2800T33W
Product Selection
Type ND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
ND2800T32W
ND2800T35W
ND2800T36W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
ND212T32W
ND212T35W
ND212T36W
ND3800T32W
ND3800T35W
ND3800T36W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
ND312T32W
ND312T35W
ND312T36W
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-382 for Optional Terminals
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
ND4800T33W
ND4800T32W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
1200
ND412T33W
ND412T32W
Notes Two terminals are required per pole. Neutral is in right pole.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-363
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-364 1200 HND312T33W Three-Pole 800 HND3800T33W 1200 HND212T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800 HND2800T33W
Type HND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
HND2800T32W
HND2800T35W
HND2800T36W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
HND212T32W
HND212T35W
HND212T36W
HND3800T32W
HND3800T35W
HND3800T36W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
HND312T32W
HND312T35W
HND312T36W
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-382 for Optional Terminals
Type HND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
HND4800T33W
HND4800T32W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
1200
HND412T33W
HND412T32W
Notes Two terminals are required per pole. Neutral is in right pole.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-365
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-366 1200 Three-Pole 800 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800
Type NDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.
Independently Adjustable Adjustable Short Time Pickup Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ramp Delay Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
NDC2800T33W
NDC2800T32W
NDC2800T35W
NDC2800T36W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
NDC212T33W
NDC212T32W
NDC212T35W
NDC212T36W
NDC3800T33W
NDC3800T32W
NDC3800T35W
NDC3800T36W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
NDC312T33W
NDC312T32W
NDC312T35W
NDC312T36W
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-382 for Optional Terminals
Type NDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Independently Adjustable Adjustable Short Time Pickup Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ramp Delay Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
NDC4800T33W
NDC4800T32W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
1200
NDC412T33W
NDC412T32W
Notes Two terminals are required per pole. Neutral is in right pole.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-367
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-368 4 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Number at 40C of Poles Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3
Type NDU Ultra High CapacityU e Max. 600 Vac, 150 kA Icu at 480 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response)
LS 28 x In NDU3800T33W
Ampere Rating 400 450 500 550 600 630 700 800
Catalog Number 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES550T 8NES600T 8NES630T 8NES700T 8NES800T 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES550T 8NES600T 8NES630T 8NES700T 8NES800T 400/500/ 600/800 A8NES800T1 400/500/ 600/800 A8NES800T1
NDU4800T33W
NDU4800T32W
Notes Order terminals separately. For AC use only. ND MCCBs are suitable for 40C or 50C applications. Order sufx V3 to eliminate standard 40C labeling. Unprotected left pole neutral. Insert E for 100% neutral or EH for 60% neutral between W and P (e.g., NDS412T32EHP08). Neutral is on LH side. Non-UL listed ND 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-382 for Optional Terminals
100% Rated Type CND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.
100% Rated Type CND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
CND2800T33W
CND2800T32W
CND2800T35W
CND2800T36W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
1200
CND212T33W
CND212T32W
CND212T35W
CND212T36W
Three-Pole 800 CND3800T33W CND3800T32W CND3800T35W CND3800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CND312T33W CND312T32W CND312T35W CND312T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1
Notes Two terminals are required per pole. For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-369
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-370 1200 CND412T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Four-Pole 800 CND4800T33W Standard
100% Rated Type CND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
CND4800T32W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
CND412T32W
Notes Two terminals are required per pole. Neutral is in right pole. For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100% Rated Type CHND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.
100% Rated Type CHND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800 CHND2800T33W CHND2800T32W CHND2800T35W CHND2800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CHND212T33W CHND212T32W CHND212T35W CHND212T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Three-Pole 800 CHND3800T33W CHND3800T32W CHND3800T35W CHND3800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CHND312T33W CHND312T32W CHND312T35W CHND312T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Notes Two terminals are required per pole. For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-382 for Optional Terminals
Ampere Rating
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-371
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-372 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Four-Pole 800 Standard
100% Rated Type CHND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-382 for Optional Terminals
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
CHND4800T33W
CHND4800T32W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
CHND412T33W
CHND412T32W
Notes Two terminals are required per pole. Neutral is in right pole. For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100% Rated Type CNDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.
100% Rated Type CNDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800 CNDC2800T33W CNDC2800T32W CNDC2800T35W CNDC2800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CNDC212T33W CNDC212T32W CNDC212T35W CNDC212T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Three-Pole 800 CNDC3800T33W CNDC3800T32W CNDC3800T35W CNDC3800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CNDC312T33W CNDC312T32W CNDC312T35W CNDC312T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Notes Two terminals are required per pole. For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-382 for Optional Terminals
Ampere Rating
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-373
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-374 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Four-Pole 800 Standard
100% Rated Type CNDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T25-382 for Optional Terminals
Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
CNDC4800T33W
CNDC4800T32W
8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T
CNDC412T33W
CNDC412T32W
Notes Two terminals are required per pole. Neutral is in right pole. For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 ND3800T52W ND3800T56W ND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 ND312T52W ND312T56W ND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 HND3800T52W HND3800T56W HND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 HND312T52W HND312T56W HND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-375
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-376 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 NDC3800T52W NDC3800T56W NDC3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 NDC312T52W NDC312T56W NDC312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 ND3800T106W ND3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 ND312T106W ND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 HND3800T106W HND3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 HND312T106W HND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 NDC3800T106W NDC3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 NDC312T106W NDC312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. Factory sealed. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-377
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-378 1200 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CND3800T52W CND3800T56W CND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 CND312T52W CND312T56W CND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CHND3800T52W CHND3800T56W CHND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 CHND312T52W CHND312T56W CHND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 LSI LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CNDC3800T52W CNDC3800T56W CNDC3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 CNDC312T52W CNDC312T56W CNDC312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding sufxes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-379
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-380 1200 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CND3800T106W CND3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 CND312T106W CND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CHND3800T106W CHND3800T107W 400 450 550 600 700 800 CHND312T106W CHND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. Factory sealed. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number
100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 1050 LSIG LSIA Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CNDC3800T106W CNDC3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 CNDC312T106W CNDC312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120
Notes Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to at response. One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. Factory sealed. Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. Neutral is in right pole. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. For UL listed, series tested molded case switch application data, refer to Eaton.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-381
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-382 TA700NB1
TA1000NB1
TA1200NB1
TA1201NB1
T700NB1
T1000NB1
Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 700 1000 1200 1200 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI (2) 1500 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (4) 4/0500 kcmil (3) 500750 kcmil 50240 95185 120240 300400 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1
Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 700 1000 1200 Notes Terminal rating is AL9CU. Terminal rating is AL7CU. Copper Copper Copper Cu Cu Cu (2) 2/0500 kcmil (3) 3/0500 kcmil (4) 3/0400 kcmil 70240 95240 95185 T700NB1 T1000NB1 T1200NB3
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. ND Frame Accessories
Description Reference Page Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral
Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550) External Accessories Base mounting hardware Interphase barriers Terminal shield Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (motor) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit OPTIM System Components Three Poles Ground fault alarm unit Potential transformer module Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modication available Note OPTIM 550 and 1050 are factory sealed and do not have the right pole available for accessories. V4-T25-251 V4-T25-482 V4-T25-482 V4-T25-483 V4-T25-483 V4-T25-483 V4-T25-464 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-466 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-468 V4-T25-469 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-472 V4-T25-473 V4-T25-474 V4-T25-475 V4-T25-477 V4-T25-481 V4-T25-483 V4-T25-429 V4-T25-429 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-431 V4-T25-433 V4-T25-433 V4-T25-437 V4-T25-438 V4-T25-445 V4-T25-446
25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-383
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-384
Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 277 480 600 65 65 100 100 200 200 300 50 50 65 65 100 100 150 25 25 35 35 65 65 75
NDU
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415 690
20 10
20 10
25 13
25 13
35 18
35 18
Notes Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 100% rated breakers. 800 amperes maximum rating. Successfully tested at 300 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 200 kAIC at 240 Vac. Successfully tested at 75 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 65 kAIC at 600 Vac.
www.eaton.com
25.3
Digitrip OPTIM 1050
N-Frame Digitrip
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time at Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay at Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes Adjust by rating plug. By OPTIMizer/BIM. Zone interlock kit. With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). Yes No No Yes
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Yes
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 Seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
No No Yes
Yes No No Yes
Optional
Optional
Optional
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-385
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-386 Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eaton PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes By OPTIMizer/BIM. Eatons PowerNet kit.
No No No No No
No No No No No
Yes Yes No No No No
No
No
Yes
Test set
Test set
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25
ND Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Width 8.25 (209.6) 11.13 (282.6) Height 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4) Depth 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7)
Side View
25 25 25
1.91 (48.4)
25
ON/I
25 25 25
3.68 (93.2)
1.50 (38.1)
OFF/O
3.19 (80.9)
25 25 25 25 25
Complete Breaker Two-Pole Three-Pole 37 (16.8) 45 (20.4) Four-Pole 58 (26.3)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-387
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04). . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-389 V4-T25-390 V4-T25-407 V4-T25-408 V4-T25-411 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use
V4-T25-388
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25
RD 3 16 T32 W
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type RD RDC CRD CRDC Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles W P R K Suffix =Without terminals =100% protected neutral pole =Ground fault remote (310 only) =Molded case switch
Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 16 = 1600 amperes 20 = 2000 amperes 25 = 2500 amperes
Trip Type T32= Digitrip RMS 310 LSI T53= Digitrip RMS 510 LS T65= Digitrip RMS 610 LSG T86= Digitrip RMS 810 LSIG T96= Digitrip RMS 910 LSIG T106 = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIG T107 = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIA
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes For complete list of available trip types, refer to Pages V4-T25-390V4-T25-404. No four-pole for CRD and CRDC.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-389
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
2000 RD320T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
Product Selection
Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (Flat Response) LS Catalog Number LSI LSG LSIG Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T33W RD316T32W RD316T35W RD316T36W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 RD320T32W RD320T35W RD320T36W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 2500 RD325T33W RD325T32W RD325T35W RD325T36W 1200 1250 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T 25RES16T 25RES20T 25RES25T Adjustable settings are: 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 A25RES25T1 Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-390 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com Notes Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, i.e., RD316T35RW. For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame.
25.3
25
Adjustable Rating Plug
Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (Flat Response) LS Catalog Number LSI LSG
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
LSIG
Ampere Rating
Four-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD416T33W RD416T32W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 2000 RD420T33W RD420T32W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 2500 RD425T33W RD425T32W 1200 1250 1600 2000 2500 Notes Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, i.e., RD316T35RW. Unprotected right pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected right pole neutral, i.e., RD416T33PW. For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T 25RES16T 25RES20T 25RES25T Adjustable settings are: 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 A25RES25T1 Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-391
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-392 2500 RDC325T33W 2000 RDC320T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (Flat Response) LS Catalog Number LSI LSG LSIG Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T33W RDC316T32W RDC316T35W RDC316T36W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 RDC320T32W RDC320T35W RDC320T36W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 RDC325T32W RDC325T35W RDC325T36W 1200 1250 1600 2000 2500 Notes Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, i.e., RDC316T35RW. For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T 25RES16T 25RES20T 25RES25T Adjustable settings are: 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 A25RES25T1 Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1
Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (Flat Response) LS Catalog Number LSI LSG
LSIG
Ampere Rating
Four-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC416T33W RDC416T32W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 2000 RDC420T33W RDC420T32W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 2500 RDC425T33W RDC425T32W 1200 1250 1600 2000 2500 Notes Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, i.e., RDC316T35RW. Unprotected right pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected right pole neutral, i.e., RDC416T33PW. For SCR application use 2000 ampere frame. 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T 25RES16T 25RES20T 25RES25T Adjustable settings are: 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 A25RES25T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-393
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
2000 CRD320T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T33W CRD316T32W CRD316T35W CRD316T36W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 CRD320T32W CRD320T35W CRD320T36W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
CRDC316T33W
CRDC316T32W
CRDC316T35W
CRDC316T36W
16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T
2000
CRDC320T33W
CRDC320T32W
CRDC320T35W
CRDC320T36W
Notes Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, i.e., CRD316T35RW. For SCR application use 2000 ampere frame. Includes B2016RDL rear connectors.
V4-T25-394
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LI LS LSI LIG LSG Catalog Number Digitrip Rating Plug Only
LSIG
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T51W RD316T53W RD316T52W RD316T54W RD316T55W RD316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T51W RD320T53W RD320T52W RD320T54W RD320T55W RD320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T51W RD325T53W RD325T52W RD325T54W RD325T55W RD325T56W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T51W RDC316T53W RDC316T52W RDC316T54W RDC316T55W RDC316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T51W RDC320T53W RDC320T52W RDC320T54W RDC320T55W RDC320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T51W RDC325T53W RDC325T52W RDC325T54W RDC325T55W RDC325T56W 1600 2000 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-395
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-396 2000 2000 CRD320T51W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
LSIG
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T51W CRD316T53W CRD316T52W CRD316T54W CRD316T55W CRD316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T53W CRD320T52W CRD320T54W CRD320T55W CRD320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T53W CRDC316T52W CRDC316T54W CRDC316T55W CRDC316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T51W CRDC320T53W CRDC320T52W CRDC320T54W CRDC320T55W CRDC320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LI LS LSI LIG LSG Catalog Number Digitrip Rating Plug Only
LSIG
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T61W RD316T63W RD316T62W RD316T64W RD316T65W RD316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T61W RD320T63W RD320T62W RD320T64W RD320T65W RD320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T61W RD325T63W RD325T62W RD325T64W RD325T65W RD325T66W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T61W RDC316T63W RDC316T62W RDC316T64W RDC316T65W RDC316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T61W RDC320T63W RDC320T62W RDC320T64W RDC320T65W RDC320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T61W RDC325T63W RDC325T62W RDC325T64W RDC325T65W RDC325T66W 1600 2000 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-397
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-398 2000 CRDC320T61W 2000 CRD320T61W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
LSIG
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T61W CRD316T63W CRD316T62W CRD316T64W CRD316T65W CRD316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T63W CRD320T62W CRD320T64W CRD320T65W CRD320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T61W CRDC316T63W CRDC316T62W CRDC316T64W CRDC316T65W CRDC316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T63W CRDC320T62W CRDC320T64W CRDC320T65W CRDC320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LI LS LSI LIG LSG Catalog Number Digitrip Rating Plug Only
LSIG
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T81W RD316T83W RD316T82W RD316T84W RD316T85W RD316T86W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T81W RD320T83W RD320T82W RD320T84W RD320T85W RD320T86W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T81W RD325T83W RD325T82W RD325T84W RD325T85W RD325T86W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T81W RDC316T83W RDC316T82W RDC316T84W RDC316T85W RDC316T86W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T81W RDC320T83W RDC320T82W RDC320T84W RDC320T85W RDC320T86W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T81W RDC325T83W RDC325T82W RDC325T84W RDC325T85W RDC325T86W 1600 2000 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-399
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-400 2000 2000 CRD320T81W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
LSIG
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T81W CRD316T83W CRD316T82W CRD316T84W CRD316T85W CRD316T86W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T83W CRD320T82W CRD320T84W CRD320T85W CRD320T86W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T81W CRDC316T83W CRDC316T82W CRDC316T84W CRDC316T85W CRDC316T86W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T81W CRDC320T83W CRDC320T82W CRDC320T84W CRDC320T85W CRDC320T86W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LI LS LSI LIG LSG Catalog Number Digitrip Rating Plug Only
LSIG
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T91W RD316T93W RD316T92W RD316T94W RD316T95W RD316T96W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T91W RD320T93W RD320T92W RD320T94W RD320T95W RD320T96W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T91W RD325T93W RD325T92W RD325T94W RD325T95W RD325T96W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T91W RDC316T93W RDC316T92W RDC316T94W RDC316T95W RDC316T96W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T91W RDC320T93W RDC320T92W RDC320T94W RDC320T95W RDC320T96W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T91W RDC325T93W RDC325T92W RDC325T94W RDC325T95W RDC325T96W 1600 2000 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-401
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-402 2000 CRDC320T91W 2000 CRD320T91W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
LSIG
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T91W CRD316T93W CRD316T92W CRD316T94W CRD316T95W CRD316T96W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T93W CRD320T92W CRD320T94W CRD320T95W CRD320T96W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T91W CRDC316T93W CRDC316T92W CRDC316T94W CRDC316T95W CRDC316T96W 800 1000 1000 1200 CRDC320T93W CRDC320T92W CRDC320T94W CRDC320T95W CRDC320T96W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25
Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number
Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T107W RD316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T107W RD320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T107W RD325T106W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T107W RDC316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T107W RDC320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T107W RDC325T106W 1600 2000 2500 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200 ORPR25A160 ORPR25A200 ORPR25A250 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200 ORPR25A160 ORPR25A200 ORPR25A250
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-403
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-404 2000 2000 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C
100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.
100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIA 1050 LSIG 1050 Catalog Catalog Number Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only
Ampere Rating
Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T107W CRD316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T107W CRD320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T107W CRDC316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T107W CRDC320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200
Molded Case Switches Refer to Eaton for UL listed, series tested Molded Case Switch application data. Type RDHigh Instantaneous (K)
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1600 2000 Complete without Terminals Three-Pole Four-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number RD316WK RD320WK RD416WK RD420WK
Notes Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. Molded case switch may trip above 17,500 amperes.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25
Hardware
Rear Connectors 2000 2000 2500 Copper Copper Copper English English English B2016RD B2016RDL B2500RD
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Catalog Number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. For use with 100% rated 1600A and 2000A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 100% rated device is ordered. For use with 2500A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500A breaker is ordered.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-405
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-406 TA2000RD
Mounting Hardware
Breaker Line/Load Conductors
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.
RD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (4A, 4B) Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism Accessory terminal block External Accessories Base mounting hardware Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Walking beam interlock Electrical (motor) operator Drawout cassette Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit (310 only) OPTIM System Components Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position Accessory available/modication available Notes All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. Mounts outside breaker. Included with breaker.
Reference Page
25
V4-T25-464 V4-T25-467 V4-T25-469 V4-T25-470 V4-T25-472 V4-T25-465 V4-T25-477 V4-T25-481 V4-T25-482
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-251
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-407
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-408
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 277 480 125 125 200 200 65 65 100 100
600 50 50 65 65
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415
690
70 50
25 13
100 50
35 18
Notes Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 100% rated breakers. See Page V4-T25-409 for Trip Unit Specications.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
Specications
R-Frame Digitrip
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time at Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
No 0.51.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
No 0.51.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1andS2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
No 0.5 1.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 Seconds Yes 0.5-1.0 x Ir 150-800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes
No No Yes
No 2001200A No Inst500 ms
Ground fault zone selective interlocking No Ground fault thermal memory Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In Notes Adjust by rating plug. Except 2500 ampere frame is 200600%. Varies by frame. LS/LSG only. Not to exceed 1200 amperes. Yes
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-409
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-410 Trip Unit Type System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts System Monitoring Digital display Current Voltage Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eaton PowerNet Testing Testing method
Yes No No Yes
Yes No No Yes
Yes Yes No No
No No No No No No
No No No No No No
No No No No No No
Yes Yes No No No No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Test set
Test set
Integral
Integral
Integral
Integral
Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In Notes Optional. Add sufx R to catalog number. By OPTIMizer/BIM.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
25 25 25
Front View
25
Side View 9.00 (228.6)
7.25 (184.2)
14.50 (368.3)
11.13 (0.4) Dia. (4 Holes) Use 4, 0.38 (Mil) Dia. Bolts for Mounting Breaker
15.50 (393.7)
25 25 25 25
16.00 (406.4)
C L Breaker 5.09 (129.4) 9.69 (246.1) 7.75 (196.9) C L Handle 15.00 (381.0)
Push To Trip
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
6.65 (166.7)
12.91 (327.8)
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-411
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-412 Motor Circuit Protectors
Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04). . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-413 V4-T25-414 V4-T25-415 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25
HMCP 003 A0 C
Motor Circuit Protective Type HMCP = 3 poles HM2P = 2 poles HMCPS = 3 poles Continuous Ampere Rating 003 007 015 025 030 050 070 100 150 250 400 Magnetic Trip Range/ NEMA Starter Size A0= 930/0 C0 = 2170/0 E0 = 45150/0 D0= 4060/0 H1= 90300/1 G2= 80120/2 K2 = 50500/2 J2 = 115170/2 M2=210700/2 L3 = 160240/3 R3 = 3001000/3 T4 = 4501500/4 U4= 7502500/4 A5= 350700/5 C5 = 450900/5 D5= 5001000/5 F5 = 6251250/5 G5= 7501500/5 J5 = 8751750/5 K5 = 10002000/5 L5 = 11252250/5 W5=12502500/5 N5= 15003000/5 R5 = 17503500/5 X5 = 20004000/5 Y5 = 22504500/5 L6 = 18006000/6 (electronic) X6 = 5002500/6 (electronic) Y6 = 10004000/6 (electronic) X7 = 16006400/7 (electronic) Y8 = 24009600/8 (electronic) Suffix C = Non-aluminum terminals W = Without terminals X = Load terminals only Y = Line terminals only S = Stainless steel terminals (150A frame only) No Sufx: Standard terminals on line and load
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
GMCP 003 A0 C
Motor Circuit Protective Device GMCP=3 poles 003 007 015 030 050 060 063 Note On J- and K-Frame HMCPs only. Continuous Ampere Rating Magnetic Trip Range/NEMA Starter Size A0= 1530/0 C0 = 3570/0 E0 = 75150/0 H1= 150300/1 K2 = 250500/2 J2 = 300600/2 M2=320630/2 Suffix C = Non-aluminum terminals
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-413
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
3 60 2 50 1 30 0 15 0 7
Product Selection
G-Frame 480 Vac Maximum, 600Y/347 Vac
NEMA Starter Size 0 Continuous Amperes 3 Cam Setting A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F 3 63 A B D E F Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1.11.2 1.31.5 1.61.7 1.81.9 2.02.2 2.32.5 2.63.1 3.23.6 3.73.9 4.34.7 4.85.2 5.35.7 5.76.8 6.97.9 8.09.1 9.210.3 10.411.4 11.512.6 11.513.7 13.816.0 16.118.3 18.420.6 20.722.9 23.025.2 19.322.9 23.026.8 26.930.6 30.734.5 34.638.3 38.442.1 23.127.5 27.732.2 32.336.7 36.941.4 41.546.0 46.250.5 24.232.1 29.134.8 38.846.4 43.648.9 48.553.7 MCP Trip Setting 15 18 21 24 27 30 35 42 49 56 63 70 75 90 105 120 135 150 150 180 210 240 270 300 250 300 350 400 450 500 300 360 420 480 540 600 320 380 500 570 630 GMCP063M2C GMCP060J2C GMCP050K2C GMCP030H1C GMCP015E0C GMCP007C0C MCP Catalog Number GMCP003A0C
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. All GMCP 363A come with line and load steel body terminals for Cu only wire. Refer to Page V4-T25-258 under Optional Terminal Types. UL recognized and CSA approved.
V4-T25-414
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25
Accessories
Modications for GMCP Internal accessories must be factory installed. Internal Accessories
Type Accessory Shunt trip Shunt trip Auxiliary switch Auxiliary switch Alarm switch Auxiliary switch/alarm switch combination
Electrical Ratings Volts Frequency 120 240 240 240 240 240 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-415
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-416 2 50 1 30 0 15 0 7
Cont. Amps 3
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H
Cont. Amps 70
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
210 280 350 420 490 560 630 700 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 450 600 750 900 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500
HMCP007C0C
100
A B C D E F G H
HMCP100R3C
HMCP015E0C
150
A B C D D E F G
HMCP150T4C
HMCP030H1C 4 150
H A B C D E F G
HMCP150U4C
HMCP050K2C
Notes Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430-110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. HMCP 3100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Special Low Magnetic Protection Application MCP 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum
Cont. Amps 25 Cam Setting A B D E F G H 50 A B C D E F G H 70 A B C D E F G H 100 A B C D E F G H MCP Trip Setting 40 43 49 52 55 58 60 80 87 93 98 103 109 115 120 115 122 130 139 145 153 160 170 160 174 185 196 207 218 229 240 HMCP100L3C HMCP070J2C HMCP050G2C MCP Catalog Number HMCP025D0C
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com V4-T25-417
Notes For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. HMCP 25100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB.
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
2 50 1 30 0 15 0 7 NEMA Starter Size 0
MCPs for Application with Motor Starters Equipped with Electronic Overload Relays 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum
Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 0.690.91 0.921.0 1.11.2 1.31.5 1.61.7 1.81.9 2.02.2 2.32.5 1.52.0 2.12.5 2.63.1 3.23.6 3.73.9 4.34.7 4.85.2 5.35.7 3.44.5 4.65.6 5.76.8 6.97.9 8.09.1 9.210.3 10.411.4 11.512.6 6.99.1 9.211.4 11.513.7 13.816.0 16.118.3 18.420.6 20.722.9 23.025.2 11.515.2 15.319.1 19.222.9 23.026.8 26.930.6 30.734.5 34.638.3 38.442.1 MCP Trip Setting
Cont. Amps 3
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500
HMCPS007C0C
150
A B C D E F G H
HMCPS150T4C
HMCPS015E0C
150
A B C D E F G H
HMCPS150U4C
HMCPS030H1C
Notes Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430-110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. HMCP 25100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 3100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 150A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.
HMCPS050K2C
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-418
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-420 V4-T25-420 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25
Thermal memory to prevent immediate restart after overload trip to allow motor to cool down
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com V4-T25-419
Disconnecting means Branch circuit short-circuit protection Overload protection Class 5, 10, 15 and 20 Phase unbalance protection FDMP breaker trips when there is a 40% difference between any phase compared to the calculated three-phase average Phase loss protection Active when the maximum phase current is greater than 50% of FLA setting Breaker will trip when minimum phase current is 25% or less than the maximum phase current Time delay of 1 or 2 seconds before breaker trips
The MPCB is based on the Series C F-Frame. Accessories for standard Series C breakers apply to the MPCB. Unlike Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs), MPCBs are UL 489 listed with 35 kA and 65 kA interruption ratings.
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-420
Product Selection
FDMP and HFDMP
35 kA Without Phase Unbalance, Class 10 Motor Protection Only FDMP3080L FDMP3100L FDMP3160L FDMP3205L 35 kA With Phase Unbalance and Adjustable Motor Class Protection FDMP3080JL FDMP3100JL FDMP3160JL FDMP3205JL 65 kA Without Phase Unbalance, Class 10 Motor Protection Only HFDMP3080L HFDMP3100L HFDMP3160L HFDMP3205L 65 kA With Phase Unbalance and Adjustable Motor Class Protection HFDMP3080JL HFDMP3100JL HFDMP3160JL HFDMP3205JL
HFDMP 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 100 kA/50 kA 65 kA/33 kA No 40205 5, 10, 15, 20 40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds Min. phase 0.25 max. phase for 1 second Yes Factory installed Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-425 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-457
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25
Product Selection
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment
25
ELC Current Limiter Attachment
MCP Rating (Amperes) 3 7 15 30 50 100 150 Catalog Number ELC3003R ELC3007R ELC3015R ELC3030R ELC3050R ELC3100R ELC3150R
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-421
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-422 5 250 5 250 5 250 5 250 5 250
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H I
350 400 440 480 525 570 610 660 700 450 505 565 620 680 735 790 845 900 500 565 625 690 750 810 875 935 1000 625 700 780 860 940 1020 1090 1170 1250 750 840 935 1030 1125 1220 1315 1410 1500
875 980 1090 1200 1310 1420 1530 1640 1750 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 1125 1265 1410 1545 1690 1830 1970 2110 2250 1250 1405 1560 1720 1875 2030 2185 2340 2500
HMCP250C5C
250
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP250K5C
HMCP250D5C
250
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP250L5C
HMCP250F5C
250
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP250W5C
HMCP250G5C
Notes Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place of HMCP. All HMCP and HM2P 250A come with line and load steel body terminals, T250KB. (With sufx C, without C comes with TA250KB.)
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
HMCP400L5C
Cam Setting A B C
Cam Setting A B C
350 400 440 480 525 570 610 660 700 500 565 626 690 750 810 875 935 1000 625 700 780 860 940 1020 1090 1170 1250 750 840 935 1030 1125 1220 1315 1410 1500 875 980 1090 1200 1310 1420 1530 1640 1750
1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 1125 1265 1410 1545 1690 1830 1970 2110 2250 1250 1405 1560 1720 1875 2030 2185 2340 2500 1500 1690 1875 2060 2250 2440 2625 2810 3000
400
D E F G H I
HMCP400A5C
D E F G H I
400
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP400D5C
400
A B C D E F G H I
25 25 25 25 25
HMCP400W5C
400
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP400F5C
400
A B C D E F G H I
25 25 25 25 25
400
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP400G5C
400
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP400N5C
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
400
A B C D E F G H I
HMCP400J5C
Notes Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place of HMCP. All HMCP and HM2P 400A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with sufx C as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-423
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-424 5 400 5 400
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I
Cam Setting A B C D E F G H
Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 138.5184.5 184.6230.7 230.8276.8 276.9323.0 323.1369.1 369.2415.3 415.4461.4 461.5507.7 38.546.1 46.261.4 61.576.8 76.996.1 96.2115.3 115.4153.7 153.8192.2 192.3230.7 76.996.1 96.2115.3 115.4153.7 153.8192.2 192.3230.7 230.8269.1 269.2307.6 307.7346.1
MCP Trip Setting 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 500 600 800 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
1750 1970 2190 2410 2625 2845 3065 3285 3500 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 2250 2530 2810 3090 3375 3655 3935 4215 4500
6 HMCP400X5C
600
A B C D E F G H
HMCP600X6W
600
A B
HMCP600Y6W
HMCP400Y5C
C D E F G H
Notes Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place of HMCP. Equipped with electronic trip device. All HMCP and HM2P 400A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with sufx C as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K. All HMCP 600A come without terminals. For terminals, see Page V4-T25-355.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Cam Setting A B C D E F G
Metric (mm2)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
1200
A B C D E F G
Notes Equipped with electronic trip device. Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13X the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13X setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. Terminal wire connectors are UL listed for standard stranded wire sizes as dened in UL 486A or UL 486B. Optional on special order for copper cable only. All HMCP 800A and 1200A come without terminals. For terminals, see Page V4-T25-355.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-425
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Series C Internal Accessories
Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04). . Internal Accessories Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-428 V4-T25-447 V4-T25-457
Internal Accessories
Product Overview
Alarm Switch For remote indication of automatic trip operation. Does not function with manual switching; however, it will operate when either a shunt trip or undervoltage release is operated. A make contact closes and a break contact opens when the alarm/lockout switch operates. The switch automatically resets when the circuit breaker is reset. Auxiliary Switch The auxiliary switch provides circuit breaker contact status information by monitoring the position of the molded cross bar that contains the moving contact arms. The auxiliary switch is used for remote indication and interlock system verification, and consists of one or two SPDT switches housed in a plug-in module. Each SPDT switch has one a and one b contact. When the circuit breaker contacts are open, the a contact is open and the b contact is closed. Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Each catalog number listed in tables on Pages V4-T25-431 V4-T25-432 includes one auxiliary switch and one alarm switch. In an auxiliary switch ASL switch combination, the auxiliary switch is always mounted on the side of the plug-in module next to the center pole of the circuit breaker. Shunt Trip The shunt trip provides remote controlled tripping of the circuit breaker. The shunt trip consists of an intermittent rated solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch assembled to a plug-in module. When required for ground fault protection applications, certain AC rated shunt trips, as noted in the electrical rating table, are suitable for operation at 55 percent of rated voltage. Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates. Low Energy Shunt Trip Low energy shunt trip devices are designed to operate from low energy output signals from dedicated current sensors typically applied in ground fault protection schemes. However, with a proper control voltage source, they may be applied in place of conventional trip devices for special applications. Flux paths surrounding permanent magnets used in the shunt trip assembly hold a charged spring poised in readiness to operate the circuit breaker trip mechanism. When a 100 microfarad capacitor charged to 28 Vdc is discharged through the shunt trip coil, the resultant flux opposes the permanent magnet flux field, which releases the stored energy in the spring to trip the circuit breaker. As the circuit breaker resets, the shunt trip reset arm is actuated by the circuit breaker handle, resetting the shunt trip. The plug-in module is mounted in retaining slots in the top of the trip unit. Coil is intermittent-rated only. Cutoff provisions required in control circuit.
V4-T25-426
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Undervoltage Release Mechanism The undervoltage release mechanism monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage falls to between 70 and 35 percent of the solenoid coil rating. The undervoltage release mechanism consists of a continuous rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever mounted in a plug-in module. The tab on the tripping lever resets the undervoltage release mechanism when normal voltage has been restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (or OFF) position. With less than pickup voltage applied to the undervoltage release mechanism, the circuit breaker contacts will not touch when a closing operation is attempted.
Note: Undervoltage release mechanism accessories are not designed for, and should not be used as, circuit interlocks.
Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame) (For fixed-mounted configuration.) Internal accessory wiring leads are normally supplied with pigtail leads (18 AWG) that exit from the right side of the circuit breaker. Where specified, fixed-mounted accessory terminal blocks are available. A maximum of one 24-point terminal block can be installed on the right side of the circuit breaker for the internal accessories. For convenience in determining the appropriate number of terminal block points required, refer to Page V4-T25-427.
PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 only) K-, L- and N-Frames Eatons PowerNet Communications Kit can be ordered to add PowerNet communications to an existing OPTIM 550 breaker in the field. An 18-inch (457.2 mm) wiring pigtail is routed to the rear of the breaker: two wires for PowerNet and two wires for 24 Vdc (45 mA load). It is recommended that the power supply be an isolated high quality unit.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-427
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-428
Product Selection
Alarm Switch
Alarm Switch Make Break
Contact Arrangement
Factory Sufx
Catalog Number
1 Make/1 Break
B3
1288C75G03
B13
1288C76G09
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Sufx Sufx Number Number B01 B05 B09 B12 B15
Factory Installation Kit Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Same Side Sufx Catalog Number Number B04 B08 B11 B14 A1L1LPK A1L1RPK A2L1LPK A2L1RPK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1L1LTK A1L1RTK A2L1LTK A2L1RTK
1 (Make only)
Single-pole
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Sufx Sufx Number Number B01 B05 B09 B12 B02 B06 B10 B13
Factory Installation Kit Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Same Side Sufx Catalog Number Number B04 B08 B11 B14 MA1L1LPK MA1L1RPK MA2L1LPK MA2L1RPK Terminal Block Catalog Number MA1L1LTK MA1L1RTK MA2L1LTK MA2L1RTK
Notes F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be eld installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads,18 AWG (160.010). A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for eld installation. Standard pigtail lead exit location. Standard mounting location. Factory installation only. Leads exit load end of circuit breaker. Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for eld installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number B04 B08 B11 B14
Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number B04 B08 B11 B14
Left
Right
Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number B04 B08 B11 B14
Left Right
Notes Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for eld installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. Standard mounting location. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation under E64983. A maximum of three ASL plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-429
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-430 2
Auxiliary Switch
Auxiliary Switch
a b
240
Factory Installation Kit Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number A04 A08 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X1PK E1X1PK A1X1PK A2X1LPK E2X1LPK A2X1RPK E2X1RPK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X1LTK A1X1RTK A2X1LTK A2X1RTK
Mounting Location (Pole) Left Left Right or Neutral Right or Neutral Left Left Right or Neutral Right or Neutral
A11 A14
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Opposite Side Sufx Sufx Sufx Number Number Number A30 A31 A32
Factory Installation Kit Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X1RPKFDE Terminal Block Catalog Number
Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number A04 A08 A11 A14
Left Right
Notes Includes 24-inch external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (160.010). A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. Standard pigtail lead exit location. Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for eld installation. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Not for use on F-Frame with electronic trip unit. 125 volts (max.), 50/60 Hz switch for use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum. Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. Only for use on three-pole F-Frame breakers with electronic trip unit. Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation or interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X3LTK A1X3RTK A2X3LTK A2X3RTK A3X3LTK A3X3RTK
Field Mounted Factory Installation Kit Opposite Side Sufx Number A03 A07 Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number A04 A08 A11 A14 A15 A16 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X3PK A1X3PK A2X3PK A2X3PK 1482D28G10 A3X3LPK A3X3RPK
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Sufx Sufx Number Number A01 A05 A09 A12 A21 A18 A17 A02 A06 A10 A13 A22
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number A04 A08 A11 A14 A15 A16
Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X4LTK A1X4RTK A2X4LTK A2X4RTK A3X4LTK A3X4RTK
Left Right
Left Right
Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number A04 A08 A11 A14 A15 A16
Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X5LTK A1X5RTK A2X5LTK A2X5RTK A3X5LTK A3X5RTK
Notes Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. A maximum of two auxiliary switches (any combination of 2a/2b or 4a/4b plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker. This option is not eld installable. Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-431
25.3
25 25 25
a
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Sufx Sufx Number Number C01 C04 C02 C05 Factory Installation Kit Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number C03 C06 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number AAL1LPK AAL1RPK Terminal Block Catalog Number AAL1LTK AAL1RTK
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Opposite Side Sufx Sufx Sufx Number Number Number C01 C04 C02 C05 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Catalog Catalog Number Number Number C03 C06 AAL2LPK AAL2RPK AAL2LTK AAL2RTK
K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Opposite Side Sufx Sufx Sufx Number Number Number C01
Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Catalog Catalog Number Number Number C03 C06 AAL3LPK AAL3RPK
AAL3LTK AAL3RTK
C04 C07
1482D28G09
Notes Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation. Standard mounting location. Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation of interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. Will not install on OPTIM Trip (RH). Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option. This option is not eld installable.
V4-T25-432
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Sufx Sufx Number Number C01 C04 C07 C10 C14 C15 C02 C05 C08 C11 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Catalog Number AA114LPK AA114RPK AA214LPK AA214RPK AA314LPK AA314RPK Catalog Number AA114LTK AA114RTK AA214LTK AA214RTK
Number of Sets of Contacts 1A, 1B and 1 Make/1 Break 2A, 2B and 1 Make/1 Break 3A, 3B and 1 Make/1 Break
Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number C03 C06 C12 C13
N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Sufx Sufx Number Number C01 C04 C07
Number of Sets of Contacts 1A, 1B and 1 Make/1 Break 2A, 2B and 1 Make/1 Break
Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number C03 C06 C12 C13
Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Catalog Number AA115LPK AA115RPK AA215LPK AA215RPK Catalog Number AA115LTK AA115RTK AA215LTK AA215RTK
C10
Notes Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. Not for use on four-pole circuit breaker.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-433
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-434 ST
Shunt Trip
Shunt Trip
Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 48127 Vac or 4860 Vdc 208380 Vac or 110127 Vdc 415600 Vac or 220250 Vdc
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 48127 Vac or 4860 Vdc 208380 Vac or 110127 Vdc 415600 Vac or 220250 Vdc S17 S21 S25 S29 S18 S22 S26 S30 S19 S23 S27 S31 S20 S24 S28 S32 SNT1RP03K SNT1RP08K SNT1RP12K SNT1RP18K
Notes Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for eld installation. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Standard pigtail lead exit location. 120 Vac marked suitable for ground fault protection devices. Standard mounting location. Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be eld installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac
SNT2T04K SNT2T06K SNT2T11K SNT2T14K SNT2T18K SNT2T04K SNT2T06K SNT2T11K SNT2T14K SNT2T18K
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S45 S53 S29 S33 S37 S46 S54 S30 S34 S38 S47 S55 S31 S35 S39 S48 S56 S32 S36 S40 SNT2P04K SNT2P06K SNT2P11K SNT2P14K SNT2P18K
Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac
Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac
SNT3T04K
SNT3T06K SNT3T11K
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
SNT3T14K SNT3T18K
Notes Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. Suitable for use with Class 1 ground fault sensing element. Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-435
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-436 Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)
Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 4860 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac Right-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 4860 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S21 S25 S88 S29 S45 S33 S37 S22 S26 S89 S30 S46 S34 S38 S23 S27 S90 S31 S47 S35 S39 S24 S28 S32 S48 S36 S40 SNT4RP03K SNT4RP05K SNT4RP23K SNT4RP11K SNT4RP26K SNT4RP14K SNT4RP18K SNT4RT03K SNT4RT05K SNT4RT23K SNT4RT11K SNT4RT26K SNT4RT14K SNT4RT18K S01 S05 S85 S09 S41 S13 S17 S02 S06 S86 S10 S42 S14 S18 S03 S07 S87 S11 S43 S15 S19 S04 S08 S12 S44 S16 S20 SNT4LP03K SNT4LP05K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP11K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP18K SNT4LT03K SNT4LT05K SNT4LT23K SNT4LT11K SNT4LT26K SNT4LT14K SNT4LT18K
Notes Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for eld installation under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) three-pole trip units only.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 924 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac 4860 Vdc
Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) 24 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 110240 Vac 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc
Notes Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. A maximum of two shunt trip plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-437
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Low Energy Shunt Trip
Low Energy Shunt Trip Ordering Information Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates. F-, J-, K-, L-, M-, N- and R-Frames and HMCPs Low Energy Shunt Trip
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Opposite Side Same Side Rear Sufx Sufx Sufx Number Number Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Terminal Block Same Side Pigtail Leads Sufx Catalog Number Number Terminal Block Catalog Number
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-438
UV
Mounting Positions (Pole) F-Frame Left Right J-Frame Left Right K-Frame Left Right
NO1 NO5
NO2 NO6
NO3 NO7
NO4 NO8
LST1LPK LST1RPK
LST1LTK LST1RTK
NO1 NO5
NO2 NO6
NO3 NO7
LST2LPK LST2RPK
NO1 NO5
NO2 NO6
NO3 NO7
LST3LPK LST3RPK
L- and M-Frames Left Right N-Frame Left R-Frame Right NO1 LST6RPK NO1 NO2 NO3 LST5LPK NO1 NO5 NO2 NO6 NO3 NO7 LST4LPK LST4RPK
Notes Cutoff provisions required in control circuit. Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. For F-Frame HMCP, add an M to beginning of catalog number. Field Installation Kit referenced for factory use only, not UL listed for eld installation. For use with thermal-magnetic trip units only. Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Factory Sufx T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9 T10 T11 T12
Undervoltage Release Mechanism Ordering Information Select handle reset undervoltage release mechanism catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Undervoltage release mechanism coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates.
Undervoltage Release Mechanism
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
UV
Notes Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (160.010). A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. Suitable for mounting in left pole only of three-pole breaker. G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be eld installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-439
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-440 Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)
F-Frame Factory Mounted (For F-Frame Breaker and F-Frame HMCP) Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Connection Type and Location 18-Inch Pigtail Leads Same Side Rear Sufx Sufx Number Number Terminal Block Same Side Sufx Number
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac U01 U05 U37 U97 U13 U17 U21 U25 U02 U06 U38 U98 U14 U18 U22 U26 U03 U07 U39 U99 U15 U19 U23 U27 U04 U08 U40 U100 U16 U20 U24 U28
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc U29 U33 U37 U97 U41 U45 U30 U34 U38 U98 U42 U46 U31 U35 U39 U99 U43 U47 U32 U36 U40 U100 U44 U48 U49 U53 U85 U101 U61 U65 U69 U73 U50 U54 U86 U102 U62 U66 U70 U74 U51 U55 U87 U103 U63 U67 U71 U75 U52 U56 U88 U104 U64 U68 U72 U76
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc U77 U81 U85 U101 U89 U93 U78 U82 U86 U102 U90 U94 U79 U83 U87 U103 U91 U95 U80 U84 U88 U104 U92 U96
Notes Standard pigtail lead exit location. Standard mounting location. Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be eld installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc UVH1LP20K UVH1LP21K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP24K UVH1LP26K UVH1LP28K UVH1LT20K UVH1LT21K UVH1LT22K UVH1LT24K UVH1LT26K UVH1LT28K MUVH1LP20K MUVH1LP21K MUVH1LP22K MUVH1LP24K MUVH1LP26K MUVH1LP28K MUVH1LT20K MUVH1LT21K MUVH1LT22K MUVH1LT24K MUVH1LT26K MUVH1LT28K UVH1RP02K UVH1RP03K UVH1RP22K UVH1RP24K UVH1RP08K UVH1RP11K UVH1RP15K UVH1RP18K UVH1RT02K UVH1RT03K UVH1RT22K UVH1RT24K UVH1RT08K UVH1RT11K UVH1RT15K UVH1RT18K MUVH1RP02K MUVH1RP03K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RP24K MUVH1RP08K MUVH1RP11K MUVH1RP15K MUVH1RP18K MUVH1RT02K MUVH1RT03K MUVH1RT22K MUVH1RT24K MUVH1RT08K MUVH1RT11K MUVH1RT15K MUVH1RT18K
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc UVH1RP20K UVH1RP21K UVH1RP22K UVH1RP22K UVH1RP26K UVH1RP28K UVH1RT20K UVH1RT21K UVH1RT22K UVH1RT22K UVH1RT26K UVH1RT28K MUVH1RP20K MUVH1RP21K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RP26K MUVH1RP28K MUVH1RT20K MUVH1RT21K MUVH1RT22K MUVH1RT22K MUVH1RT26K MUVH1RT28K
Notes Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for eld installation. Standard mounting location. Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-441
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-442 Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U05 U09 U13 U17 U21 U25 U06 U10 U14 U18 U22 U26 U07 U11 U15 U19 U23 U27 U08 U12 U16 U20 U24 U28 UVH2LP02K UVH2LP03K UVH2LP05K UVH2LP08K UVH2LP11K UVH2LP15K UVH2LT02K UVH2LT03K UVH2LT05K UVH2LT08K UVH2LT11K UVH2LT15K
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U37 U41 U45 U49 U53 U57 U38 U42 U46 U50 U54 U58 U39 U43 U47 U51 U55 U59 U40 U44 U48 U52 U56 U60 UVH2RP02K UVH2RP03K UVH2RP05K UVH2RP08K UVH2RP11K UVH2RP15K UVH2RT02K UVH2RT03K UVH2RT05K UVH2RT08K UVH2RT11K UVH2RT15K
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T01 T05 T09 T13 T17
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T21 T25 T29 T33 T37
Notes For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton. Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation under E64983. Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breakers. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U05 U09 U13 U17 U21 U25 U06 U10 U14 U18 U22 U26 U07 U11 U15 U19 U23 U27 U08 U12 U16 U20 U24 U28 UVH3LP02K UVH3LP03K UVH3LP05K UVH3LP08K UVH3LP11K UVH3LP15K UVH3LT02K UVH3LT03K UVH3LT05K UVH3LT08K UVH3LT11K UVH3LT15K
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U37 U41 U45 U49 U53 U57
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T01 T05 T09 T13 T17
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T21 T25 T29 T33 T37 T22 T26 T30 T34 T38 T23 T27 T31 T35 T39 T24 T28 T32 T36 T40 UVH3RP20K UVH3RP21K UVH3RP23K UVH3RP26K UVH3RP28K UVH3RT20K UVH3RT21K UVH3RT23K UVH3RT26K UVH3RT28K
Notes Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for eld installation under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-443
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-444 Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U05 U09 U13 U17 U21 U25 U06 U10 U14 U18 U22 U26 U07 U11 U15 U19 U23 U27 U08 U12 U16 U20 U24 U28 UVH4LP02K UVH4LP03K UVH4LP05K UVH4LP08K UVH4LP11K UVH4LP15K UVH4LT02K UVH4LT03K UVH4LT05K UVH4LT08K UVH4LT11K UVH4LT15K
Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U37 U41 U45 U49 U53 U57 U38 U42 U46 U50 U54 U58 U39 U43 U47 U51 U55 U59 U40 U44 U48 U52 U56 U60 UVH4RP02K UVH4RP03K UVH4RP05K UVH4RP08K UVH4RP11K UVH4RP15K UVH4RT02K UVH4RT03K UVH4RT05K UVH4RT08K UVH4RT11K UVH4RT15K
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T01 T05 T09 T13 T17
Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T21 T25 T29 T33 T37
Notes Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U05 U09 U13 U17 U21 U25 U06 U10 U14 U18 U22 U26 U07 U11 U15 U19 U23 U27 U08 U12 U16 U20 U24 U28 UVH5LP02K UVH5LP03K UVH5LP05K UVH5LP08K UVH5LP11K UVH5LP29K UVH5LT02K UVH5LT03K UVH5LT05K UVH5LT08K UVH5LT11K UVH5LT29K
Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T01 T05 T09 T13 T17 T02 T06 T10 T14 T18 T03 T07 T11 T15 T19 T04 T08 T12 T16 T20 UVH5LP20K UVH5LP21K UVH5LP23K UVH5LP26K UVH5LP28K UVH5LT20K UVH5LT21K UVH5LT23K UVH5LT26K UVH5LT28K
Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380500 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc 220250 Vdc
Notes Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for eld installation under E64983. Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-445
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-446 PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)
PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 Only) K-, L- and N-Frames PowerNet Interlock Kit
Circuit Breaker K-Frame L-Frame N-Frame
Notes One 24-point accessory terminal block provided with circuit breaker when ordered factory installed or shipped from warehouse as separate item when ordered for eld installation. See Digitrip RMS master connection diagram (IL 29C714). Installation of these kits restrict any other attachments from being installed in the RH pole. Includes a ground fault alarm signal that can drive the ground fault alarm unit (catalog number GFAU).
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
125 250
0.25
0.25
Notes Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. Non-inductive load. Inductive (L/R = 0.026). Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-447
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-448
Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC
Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC
Notes Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). For use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum. Non-inductive load. Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination F-Frame Electrical Rating Data
Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC
Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC
25 25 25 25 25
2200 2200
0.25
Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Non-inductive load. Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-449
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-450
VA 75 300 92 140 480 570 640 180 200 240 610 130 330 380 450 530 590
VA 45 200 830 1280 100 120 140 420 470 550 95 108 120 136 40 50 50 70
VA 31 173 686 1014 66 84 102 354 396 432 180 200 240 610 34 42 50 60
Minimum Operating Voltage 8.4 8.4 33.6 33.6 77 77 77 77 154 154 154 154
Notes Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds. Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 8 milliseconds. Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Minimum Operating Voltage 16.8 33.6 33.6 77 77 77 154 VA 170 710 1150 110 130 140 41 54
Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 34 34 60 60 60 60 60 60 266 266 266 266 336 336 336 336
VA 45 200 830 1280 100 120 140 420 470 550 95 108 120 136 40 50 50 70
Minimum Operating Voltage 16.8 33.6 33.6 60 60 60 60 60 60 266 266 266 266 336 336 336 336
VA 200 830 1280 100 120 140 420 470 550 95 108 120 136 40 50 50 70
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
127 208
220 240 380 400 415 440 480 525 550 600
Notes Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds. Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-451
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
18/18K 14/14K Sufx Number 03/03K
Electrical Operating Ratings Supply Minimum Voltage (V) Operating Voltage (V) 24 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 220 250 480 525 550 600 48 60 110 120 125 16.8 16.8 34.0 34.0 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 266.0 266.0 266.0 154.0 154.0 336.0 336.0 336.0 336.0 34.0 34.0 77.0 77.0 77.0
Ip (A) 36.1 36.1 13.1 17.2 4.2 4.5 4.6 7.9 8.5 8.7 4.5 5.0 5.3 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8
Irms at 0.250s (A) 16.5 2.4 2.7 9.8 11.6 3.3 3.6 3.8
Irms at 0.033s (A) 25.5 9.2 12.2 3.0 3.2 3.3 5.6 6.0 6.1 3.2 3.6 3.7 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6
VA 612 396 450 740 330 390 430 1170 1370 1470 1220 1500 1640 530 680 200 270 280 360 470 700 370 440 480
One Minute Dielectric Withstand Voltage (V) 1050 1050 1120 1120 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1880 1880 1880 1500 1500 2200 2200 2200 2200 1120 1120 1250 1250 1250
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
110125
Notes Approximate unlatching time of 6 milliseconds. Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 62 milliseconds, at rated voltage. Endurance: 500 electrical operations and 2500 mechanical operations. Shunt trip can be operated up to a maximum of six times per minute. Maximum operating voltage110% of maximum voltage range rating. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are yellow and white.
V4-T25-452
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
DC Supply Voltage 12 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 2.8 2.8 1.6 1.3 2.0 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.6 3.4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
DC Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-453
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-454 50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0
DC Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0
DC VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
DC Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-455
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-456 28/28K 220250 Catalog Sufx 20/20K 21/21K 23/23K Application Ratings Voltage (V) 12 24 4860 11/11K 208240 Catalog Sufx 02/02K 03/03K 05/05K Application Ratings Voltage (V) 12 24 4860
Approximate Operating Time (ms) Initiation Minimum Circuit Breaker UVR Contact Separation VA Response 2.3 3.1 3.4 6.0 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.2 6.6 7.2 3.8 8.3 8.8 9.6 10.0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46
Dielectric Withstand Voltage (V) 1024 1048 1120 1120 1254 1254 1254 1480 1480 1480 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Approximate Operating Time (ms) Minimum UVR Response 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Initiation Circuit Breaker Contact Separation 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 Maximum Circuit Breaker Contact Opening 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 Dielectric Withstand Voltage (V) 1024 1048 1120 1120 1250 1250 1250 1500 1500
Notes Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown. UVR will override a momentary voltage dip up to the response time shown. Unlatching occurs 1 millisecond before circuit breaker contacts begin to separate. For 1 minute.
www.eaton.com
25.3
Page V4-T25-251 V4-T25-252 V4-T25-253 V4-T25-257 V4-T25-271 V4-T25-288 V4-T25-296 V4-T25-323 V4-T25-349 V4-T25-360 V4-T25-388 V4-T25-412 V4-T25-419 V4-T25-421 V4-T25-426 V4-T25-461 V4-T25-484 V4-T25-485 V4-T25-486
Contents
Description Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
External Accessories
Product Overview
End Cap Kit The end cap kit slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The end cap kit is available with English and metric thread sizes. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. Keeper Nut The keeper nut slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The keeper nut is available with English and metric thread sizes. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. L-, M-, N-Frames Not required. Terminals are threaded. J-Frame Plug Nut The plug nut is used in applications where screwconnected ring-type terminals are preferred to connect cables to circuit breaker conductors. The plug nut is press-fit into the opening in the circuit breaker terminal conductor. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. Terminal Adapter Control Wire Terminal Kit The control wire terminal kit provides a means to tap off control power from a main disconnect, using the provided male end of a quick disconnect. For use with steel or stainless steel terminals only.
Note: Terminal Kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.
Multiwire Connectors Eatons field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals, are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. Base Mounting Hardware Drawout Cassette The drawout cassette is currently for use with the standard three-pole 65 kA/ 480 Vac, 1600 and 2000 ampere RD circuit breakers only. It consists of two separate components: the movable mechanism that is factory mounted to the circuit breaker frame and the stationary mechanism that is housed in the cassette and shipped separately.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Connected: the breaker is fully connected to the primary stabs and secondary contacts Test: the breaker is not connected to the primary stab but is connected to the secondary contacts Disconnected: both the primary stabs and the secondary contacts are disconnected Withdraw: the breaker can be removed from the cassette
Terminal Shields Terminal shields provide protection against accidental contact with live line side terminations. Terminal shields are fabricated from high dielectric insulating material and fasten over the front terminal access openings. Small openings in the shields provide limited access to the terminals for tightening connectors. (Field installation only.)
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-457
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Terminal End Covers The terminal end covers are designed for use in motor control center applications where, because of confined spaces, line side conductors are normally custom fitted. The molded end covers are made of high dielectric glasspolyester and slide over the line ends of the circuit breaker. Close fitting conductor openings are molded into the end covers. The end cover and circuit breaker case fit together to form terminal compartments that isolate discharged ionizing gases during circuit breaker tripping. Terminal end covers are available with two conductor opening diameters, 0.25-inch (6.4 mm) and 0.41inch (10.4 mm), and are listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) Interphase Barriers The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. The barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) Two per package. Base Mounting Plate Suitable for mounting six single-pole circuit breakers. DIN Rail Adapter For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15 mm per DIN EN50022. Adapter mounting screws included are for use with twoand three-pole circuit breakers. Adapters for singlepole circuit breakers clip into the base molding. Key Operated Attachment Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) Non-Padlockable Handle Block The non-padlockable handle block secures the circuit breaker handle in either the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the
handle block holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The device is positioned over the circuit breaker handle and secured by a setscrew to deter accidental operation of the circuit breaker handle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) Padlockable Handle Padlockable Handle Lock The device is positioned in the cover opening to prevent handle movement. Will accommodate one 5/16-inch (8 mm) padlock. Snap-on Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp The snap-on padlockable handle lock allows the handle to be locked in the OFF or ON position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) This device was designed for use on the single-pole circuit breaker, but may be used on one-, two-, threeand four-pole styles. The handle lock snaps onto the escutcheon area of the handle with an optional retaining screw for added secureness. The handle lock will accommodate one padlock with a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp The padlockable handle lock hasp allows the handle to be locked in the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The hasp mounts on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline. The cover is predrilled on both sides of the operating handle so that the hasp can be mounted on either side of the handle. The hasp will accommodate up to three padlocks with 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackles, one per circuit breaker. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.)
Cylinder Lock The cylinder lock internally blocks the trip bar in the tripped position to prevent the circuit breaker from being switched to ON. The cylinder lock is factory installed in the left pole only of the circuit breaker cover. Other internally mounted accessories cannot be installed in the same pole as the cylinder lock. (Factory installation only.) Key Interlock Kit (Lock Not Included) The key interlock is used to externally lock the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. When the key interlock is locked, an extended deadbolt blocks movement of the circuit breaker handle. Uniquely coded keys are removable only with the deadbolt extended. Each coded key controls a group of circuit breakers for a given specific customer installation. The key interlock assembly is Underwriters Laboratories listed for field installation under UL File E7819 and consists of a mounting kit and a purchaser supplied deadbolt lock. The mounting kit comprises a mounting plate, which is secured to the circuit breaker cover in either the left- or right-pole position, key interlock mounting screws, and a wire seal. Specific mounting kits are required for individual key interlock types. Sliding Bar Interlock The sliding bar interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent three-pole circuit breakers. It is installed on the enclosure cover between the circuit breakers. When the sliding bar interlock handle is moved from one side to the other, a bar extends to alternately block movement of the circuit breaker handles and prevents both circuit breakers from being switched to ON at the same time. Sliding bar interlocks are not UL listed. (Field installation only.)
Walking Beam Interlock The walking beam Interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent circuit breakers of the same pole configuration. The walking beam interlock mounts on a bracket behind and between the circuit breakers. A plunger on each end of the beam is inserted through an access hole in the back plate and base of each circuit breaker. The walking beam interlock prevents both circuit breakers from being switched ON at the same time. If a walking beam interlock is installed, the wiring troughs in the back of the circuit breaker case are blocked by the plungers and cannot be used for cross wiring. Factory modified circuit breakers are required for this application. UL File E38116. Electrical Operator The electrical (solenoid) operator is a single solenoid mechanism that enables local and remote circuit breaker ON, OFF, and reset switching. The electrical operator is mounted on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline of the circuit breaker. The electrical operator uses a unique bi-stable latch that allows the device to operate using one solenoid. The accessory provides high-speed switching with a maximum operating time of 5 cycles (80 mS), making it suitable for generator synchronizing applications. Means are provided for remote electrical operation and for local manual operation. A special slide includes provisions for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. The slide will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each. An interlock electrically disconnects the solenoid when the electrical operator cover is removed. The rating data tables provide electrical rating data for the electrical (solenoid) operator.
V4-T25-458
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
The electrical (motor) operator allows the circuits breaker to be opened, closed or reset remotely. It also has a lock-off capability and provisions for manual operation. The electrical (motor) operator contains a reversible motor connected to a ball screw. The ball screw drives the circuit breaker handle. Limit switches and relays are used to control the motor. Plug-In Adapters Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Individual line and load plug-in adapters are available for rear connection applications on two-, three-, and four-pole circuit breakers. Common mounting plates for lineand load-end adapters are available. One plug-in adapter kit is required for line-end and one for load-end. Plug-in adapters are UL approved unless otherwise noted. Rear Connecting Studs Rear connecting studs are available in several sizes to accommodate specific fixedmounted circuit breaker applications. Each rear connecting stud assembly consists of one stud and one tube. To maintain proper clearances between poles, select alternate long and short stud assemblies for circuit breakers with more than one pole. One assembly is required for line-end and one for load-end of each pole. Tubes must be ordered separately. Connecting studs are available only with English thread sizes.
Note: Not UL listed.
Panelboard connecting straps are available to meet the needs of most standard panelboard applications. Style numbers for mounting brackets for CDP panelboard installations are also included.
Note: Not UL listed. Refer to panelboard manufacturer for compatibility.
Handle Mechanisms Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations flange mounted, through-thedoor and direct (closecoupled)providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation.
environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutesa significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by funneling the cable through conduit. The Type C371 circuit breaker operating mechanisms are designed for installation in control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All circuit breaker mechanisms are suitable for right-hand mounting. Auxiliary contacts are not available for mounting on operating mechanisms. Where required, have them installed in circuit breaker. Type C371 is UL listed under File E62635. Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements.
Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary, are UL listed and meet CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC947-1/2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983. Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position. Universal Rotary F-Frame Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. They are typically for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated. The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism can be used on F- through R-Frames. The G Direct is available with a black or the yellow handle, and with or without a shroud. It is suitable for use with NEMA 1 enclosures. It is for use only with the G-Frame (GD, GC, GHC, GMCP). An escutcheon ring and interlock clip are provided as standard. The standard design includes a lock-off feature. The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL 489 listed, IEC947-1/2 and meets CSA requirements. The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism is IEC-240-1. G Direct is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. Handle Extension Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately.
Flange mounted: Flex Shaft C371 Through-the-door: Series C Rotary Universal Rotary Direct (close-coupled): Universal Direct Euro IEC G Direct
Handle mechanisms are typically used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need. Flange Mounted Handle Mechanisms Flange mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8-inch (9.5 mm). Can be used with NEMA 1, 3R and 12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with NEMA 4 and 4X
Panelboard Connecting Straps Panelboard connecting straps are used to connect the circuit breaker terminals to the panelboard bus. The panelboard connecting straps are available with various ratings for outside and center poles. (Field installation only.)
Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms Eatons through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, base operating mechanism and shaft that can be cut to various lengths. Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary handle mechanisms are for use with molded case circuit breakers (G, F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-459
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-460
Type LFD Current Limiter The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, providing 200,000A interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic and electronic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239. Ground Fault Alarm Unit The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through N-Frame. IQ Energy Sentinel The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability. The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on threephase, four-wire systems, or single-phase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178.
Potential Transformer Module The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units. Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit The solid-state (electronic) portable test kit provides verification of performance of all ratings of Digitrip 310 electronic trip units installed in circuit breakers while in service under varying load and/or phase imbalance. The test kit operates on 120-volt, 50/60 Hz power; it includes complete instructions and test times for testing long time, short time/instantaneous operation and optional ground fault operation of the circuit breaker. Breaker Interface Module (BIM) The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24 Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eatons specifications. The BIM is a member of Eatons PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units,
Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software. Digitrip OPTIMizer The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the Copy and Download commands. Setting up multiple OPTIM trips can be finished in minutes and with no errors. An Auxiliary Power Module connection provides a trip test when control power is not present at the breaker. The OPTIMizer is supplied as a standard package to include the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional. Auxiliary Power Module The auxiliary power module is a power supply requiring 120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that provides a 32 Vdc output. The auxiliary power module provides control power for testing an OPTIM trip unit when other means of control power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary power module connects into the top of the Digitrip OPTIMizer via a keyed receptacle. The main application for the auxiliary power module would be for the testing of a standalone non-communicating OPTIM breaker that ordinarily would not have control power.
Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. Cause of Trip LED Module The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset.
Note: The OPTIMizer can work off of 32 Vdc control power, although 24 Vdc is the standard on OPTIM breakers.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
Product Selection
Termination HardwareEnd Cap Kit
End Cap Kit
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-461
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-462 K-Frame Terminal Adapter
Termination Hardware
J-Frame Plug Nut
J- and K-Frame Ordering Information Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.
J- and K-Frame Kit
Notes K-Frame terminal adapter for use in replacing LB/DA breakers. Not for use with T250KB terminals. Individually packed. Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. Two-pole kit. Three-pole kit. Four-pole kit.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Multiwire Connectors
Base Mounting Hardware Ordering Information Hardware for surface mounting of circuit breakers is supplied only on request. Hardware consists of mounting screws and lockwashers. Order hardware for circuit breaker pole configurations as required. Mounting Hardware
Screw Length in Inches (mm) G-Frame 0.13832 x 2.63 (3.5 x 66.7 mm) Std. 0.13832 x 3.00 (3.5 x 76.2 mm) 624B375G23 8703C80G05 Catalog Number
Note GD breakers require special tapping for multiwire lugs, as described in the IL or use with standard aluminum collars.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-463
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-464
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25
Drawout Cassette
R-Frame with Moveable Mechanism
RD Drawout Cassette
Description 65 kA/480 Vac Version Movable mechanism Stationary mechanism RD20DOM
Catalog Number
RD20DOS RD20DOSS
25 25 25 25 25 25
100 kA/480 Vac Version Movable mechanism Stationary mechanism RDC20DOM RDC20DOS RDC20DOSS
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
F-Frame
Number of Poles 1 2 3 4
J-Frame
Notes List price included in price of the stationary mechanism. Without shutters. With shutters.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-465
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25
L-Frame K-Frame 2, 3 4 3
Interphase Barriers
Frame F J, K L M Catalog Number IPB1 IPB3 IPB4 IPB4 IPB5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
M-Frame
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-466
Terminal End Covers Ordering Information The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering.
F-Frame
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25
Padlockable Handle
Padlockable Handle
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25
25
Catalog Number PHL1
25 25 25 25
Frame F
Notes Accepts 0.285 Lock Shank. Padlockable in the OFF position only.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com V4-T25-467
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-468 Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp
Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock
Frame F, J, K Catalog Number Order by description
Note For padlockable handle lock hasp to padlock handle in OFF position only order either catalog number.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Key Interlock Kit Ordering Information Key interlock mounting kits are for field installation only. Select mounting kit catalog numbers to match type of lock used. Key interlocks are supplied by customer.
Key Interlock Kit
photo
position
Superior Kirk Square D Castell J, K-Frames Superior Kirk Square D Castell L-, M-, N-Frames Superior Kirk Square D Castell R-Frame Superior Kirk Square D Castell JG-Frame Superior Kirk Square D Castell LG-Frame Superior Kirk Square D Castell
B-4003-1 F SF K or QK
B-4003-1 F SF K or QK
B-4003-1 F SF K or QK
B-4003-1 F SF K or QK
B-4003-1 F SF K or QK
B-4003-1 F SF K or QK
Note When ordering Castell Interlock, it is necessary for customer to specify that the mounting bolt holes must be 10 mm in diameter
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-469
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-470 Walking Beam Interlock Sliding Bar Interlock
Sliding Bar Interlock Ordering Information The sliding bar interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent threepole circuit breakers with circuit breakers centerline
spacing as indicated in table and enclosure front panel thickness of 1/8 or 3/16 inch (3.2 or 4.8 mm). (For field installation only.)
Walking Beam Interlock Ordering Information The walking beam interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent circuit breakers spaced 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) apart and having the same pole configuration. The two circuit breakers must be factory modified to accept the walking beam interlock assembly (suitable for use with either two-, three- or four-pole circuit breakers).
With properly modified circuit breakers, the walking beam interlock is suitable for field installation. Order circuit breakers specifying modification for walking beam (20% price adder) and select walking beam interlock from table below. Circuit breakers and walking beam interlock are boxed and shipped separately.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Frequency AC AC
18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead Catalog Number MOPFD120C MOPFD24D MOPFD120C MOPFD240C MOPFD240C
Note Motor operators MOP1P07, MOP1P03DC, MOP1P05DC and MOP1P07DC are replaced by MOPFD motor operators listed in table.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-471
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-472 Mounting plate Operating Voltage 120 208 240 480 24 48 125
Notes 100 ampere maximum. Use three-pole mounting plate for two-pole circuit breaker.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25
Plug-In Adapters
Frame FD FD JD KD LD LD Number of Poles 3 4 3 3 3 4 Standard Certication IEC IEC IEC IEC IEC IEC Catalog Number PAD3F PAD4F PAD3JD PAD3K PAD3LD PAD4LD
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-473
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-474
For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A long 100A long 100A long 100A long 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02
314C960G01 314C960G04 314C960G05 314C960G06 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09 314C960G10 314C960G11 314C960G12
For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A long 225A long 225A long 225A long 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883H06 374D883H07 374D883H08 374D883H09 374D883H10 374D883H11 374D883H12 374D883H13
K-Frame
Stud Ampere Rating 400A short 400A short 400A short 400A long 400A long 400A long Stud Catalog Number 6642C14G02 6642C14G04 6642C14G06 6642C14G03 6642C14G05 6642C14G07 Standard Tube Catalog Number 313C909H17 313C909H18 313C909H19 313C909H20 313C909H21 313C909H22
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-475
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-476 Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 600
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Suitable for GC/GD MCCB; not suitable for GMCP. Type 4/4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Sufx X to complete catalog number. Add Sufx I to complete catalog number for IEC handle. Original narrow handle design (No C Sufx) is available. Remove C from catalog number. When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) (5 inches, 12.7 mm for L-, N- and R-Frames) is maintained to operate properly. The standard method of shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor eld adjustments may be required. Dual breakers operator available on F-Frame only. Only the F, J and K can mount LH and RH all other RH only.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-477
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-478 2501200
Type C371
Variable Depth Mounting Range Min/Max 6.5016 (165.1406.4) 6.5016.63 (165.1422.4) 6.5016.63 (165.1422.4) 8.5022 (215.9558.8) 8.7522 (222.3558.8) 9.7522 (247.7558.8) Operating Mechanism Only Catalog Number C371E C371F C371F C371G C371K C371K Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle For NEMA 112 EnclosureFor NEMA 4/4X Enclosure Catalog Catalog Number Number C371E1 C371F5 C371F5 C371G5 C371K5 C371K5 C371E2 C371F6 C371F6 C371G6 C371K6 C371K6
Circuit Breaker or Motor Circuit Protector HMCP and Series C EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED HMCP and Series C HJD, JD, JDB, JDC HMCP and Series C DK, HKD, KD, KDB Series C HLD, LD, LDC Series C MD, MDS (No MDL) Series C HND, ND, NDC
Handle Only
Circuit Breaker Frame Size (Amperes) 150 NEMA Enclosure Type 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X Operating Handle Length 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) Catalog Number C371H1 C371H2 C371H3 C371H4 C371H5 C371H6 C371H7 C371H8
Channel Support Kit (Rod Not Supplied) For use to prevent bending of the operating handle mounting surface. This is especially useful when the operating handle is mounted on a channel in a multi-door enclosure.
Amperes 6001200 Catalog Number C371CS6
Connecting Rods
Application Disconnect switches (30, 60, 100, 200A sizes) Circuit breakers (150, 250, 400A sizes) Circuit breakers (600, 800, 1200A sizes) Notes For increased maximum allowable depth, see connecting rods left. Dimensions shown are from panel ange surface. Does not include handle. Increase maximum allowable depth by 5 inches (127 mm). Catalog Number C371CS1 C371CS1 C371CS2
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
IEC IP66
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket. Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number 6648C22G03 for Type 4/4X handle or add X Sufx to complete catalog number. Handle is cast aluminum. Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm). Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension. IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware. Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-479
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-480 Universal Rotary F-Frame
Universal Rotary F-Frame Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism
NEMA Enclosure Type Number Handle of Poles 1 3R 12 4/4X Lock-Off X X X X X X X X International Handle Indication: Markings ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET ON (I) OFF (O) X X X X Handle Material Metal Molded plastic Available Handle Colors Black Yellow/Red/Black Handle Rotation 45 deg. 90 deg. Shaft Lengths (Inches) 6, 12, 16, 24 6, 12, 24
Handle Color Black Black Red Red Black Black Red Red Black Black Red Red
GHMVD06B GHMVD12B GHMVD06R GHMVD12R FHMVD06B FHMVD12B FHMVD06R FHMVD12R JHMVD06B JHMVD12B JHMVD06R JHMVD12R
Notes Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See Ordering Information. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle Lock Off to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position. Only available as complete handle mechanism. Parts not sold separately.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Without Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC30 HRGMC30
Frame F J K L and M N R
G Direct
Black Handle With Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC1S HRGMC1S Without Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC10 HRGMC10 Yellow Handle With Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC3S HRGMC3S
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Handle Extension
Handle Extension
Handle Extension
Frame J, K L, M N R Style Number HEX3 HEX4 HEX5 HEX6
Notes Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame. Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately. Handle extension is included with breaker with R-Frame breakers.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-481
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-482 Type LFD Current Limiter
Type LFD Current Limiter The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic and electronic circuit breaker, providing 200,000A
interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239.
Potential Transformer Module The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt
Potential Transformer Module
line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units.
Ground Fault Alarm Unit The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the light and the internal relay,
Ground Fault Alarm Unit
which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through NFrame.
GF Alarm Unit
Description Ground fault alarm unit Face mounting bracket Catalog Number GFAU 1264C67G01
Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit The solid-state (electronic) 50/60 Hz power; it includes portable test kit provides complete instructions and verification of performance of test times for testing long all ratings of Digitrip 310 time, short time/ electronic trip units installed instantaneous operation in circuit breakers while in and optional ground fault service under varying load operation of the circuit and/or phase imbalance. The breaker. test kit operates on 120-volt, Portable Test Kit
Description Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit Catalog Number STK2
IQ Energy Sentinel The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability.
The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on three-phase, four-wire systems, or singlephase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Breaker Interface Module (BIM) The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24
Breaker Interface Module (BIM)
Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eatons specifications. The BIM is a member of Eatons PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units, Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software.
Auxiliary Power Module The auxiliary power module is a power supply requiring 120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that provides a 32 Vdc output. The auxiliary power module provides control power for testing an OPTIM trip unit when other means of control power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary
Auxiliary Power Module
power module connects into the top of the Digitrip OPTIMizer via a keyed receptacle. The main application for the auxiliary power module would be for the testing of a standalone non-communicating OPTIM breaker that ordinarily would not have control power.
Digitrip OPTIMizer The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the Copy and Download commands. Setting up multiple OPTIM trips can be finished in minutes and with no errors. An Auxiliary Power Module connection provides a trip test when control power is not present at the breaker. The OPTIMizer is supplied as a standard package to include
Digitrip OPTIMizer
the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional.
Note: 24 Vdc Power Supply A 24 Vdc power supply is required for all Digitrip OPTIM trip units that are required to communicate either on the main Eaton PowerNet network or as a subnetwork to a BIM. The breakers load is 45 mA of current. Typically one power supply is required per switchboard and can provide control power to a BIM and the OPTIM trip units. The 24 Vdc power supply should be an isolated high quality power supply with a CE label, and is normally provided by the switchboard manufacturer to Eatons recommendations.
Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip Display can The DIGIVIEW version will be field-installed on any provide a local display at the Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. breaker without additional The device provides breaker wiring by connecting directly information through an LCD onto the trip unit. The screen, such as cause of trip, DIGIVIEWR06 version has a phrase current, ground 6 foot cable that allows users current and low loads. The to mount the display on the display is ideal for outside of an enclosure door troubleshooting common and connect to the trip unit trips such as ground fault, that is contained inside the long delay, and enclosure. instantaneous/short delay. Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display
Catalog Number DIGIVIEW DIGIVIEWR06
Digitrip OPTIMizer
Catalog Number OPTIMizerstandard package
Cause of Trip LED Module The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the
breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-483
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-484
Accessories
Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame) NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft and C371
Handle Length in Inches (mm) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) Roller Latch Catalog Number C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR
Series C Rotary Accessories As an option, an auxiliary switch is offered so that the control panel builder may electrically indicate the status of the breaker.
This accessory would be mounted on the mechanism and comes with 24-inch (609.6 mm) pigtail leads.
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25
Fuse Amperes 3 2
25 25 25 25 25
125 DC 24 DC
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Fuse Amperes 6 4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes UL listed under UL File E64983. The electrical operator design is endurance tested for 8000 electrical operations. Tolerance: +10%, 15% of nominal voltage. Use current-limiting type fuse where required. UL listed under UL File E64124. Frequency: 50/60 Hz. Maximum operating time: 3 seconds max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 6000 electrical operations. Maximum operating time: 5 cycles (80 mS). Maximum operating time: 12 cycles. The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 2,500 electrical operations. Maximum operating time: 12 cycles max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. Operator is an intermittent duty service. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. Electric Operating time at rated voltage; (a) To turn breaker ON1/2 second max. (b) To turn breaker OFF1/2 second max. Motor operating temperature; Class A temperature limits apply. A minimum 1 kVA power source is recommended for motor operation. Applied voltage should be no less than 85% or no more than 110% of rated voltage. For OPTIM trip, OPEOPCK kit required.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-485
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-486 .75 (19.1) Note Not UL listed. Breaker Mounting Surface Mounting Panel
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Rear Connecting Studs F-Frame
Stud Ampere Rating Stud Catalog Number Panel Thickness A Tube Length B C Tube Catalog Number Dimensions D E F
For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A long 100A long 100A long 100A long 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02 1.00 (25.4) 0.69 0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.38 0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.25 0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.00 (25.4) 0.69 0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.38 0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.25 0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.38 (34.9) 1.69 (42.9) 2.00 (50.8) 3.44 (87.3) 3.75 (95.2) 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) 32B9446H20 32B9446H21 32B9446H22 32B9446H23 32B9446H24 32B9446H25 32B9446H26 32B9446H27 6.13 (155.6) 6.13 (155.6) 6.13 (155.6) 6.13 (155.6) 3.63 (92.1) 3.63 (92.1) 3.63 (92.1) 3.63 (92.1) 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18
For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A long 225A long 225A long 225A long 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 1.00 (25.4) 0.69 0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.38 0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.25 0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.00 (25.4) 0.69 0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.38 0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.25 0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.38 (34.9) 1.69 (42.9) 2.00 (50.8) 3.44 (87.3) 3.75 (95.2) 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) 374D883H06 374D883H07 374D883H08 374D883H09 374D883H10 374D883H11 374D883H12 374D883H13 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14
F-Frame
E B
F Thread
.06 (1.5)
C D
www.eaton.com
25.3
25
Tube Catalog Number 456D983H05 456D983H06 456D983H07 5010D23H05 5010D23H06 5010D23H07
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
1.59 (40.4) 0.59 (15.0) 0.06 (1.5) 0.31 (7.9) 18 Thread Do Not Use More Than 10 Ft Lbs Torque to Tighten Nuts Breaker Mounting Panel
25 25 25 25 25
E 3.66 (93.0) F .7516 (19.1406.4)
B 3.63 (92.2)
K-Frame
Stud Ampere Rating 400A short 400A short 400A short 400A long 400A long 400A long Stud Catalog Number 6642C14G02 6642C14G04 6642C14G06 6642C14G03 6642C14G05 6642C14G07 Panel Thickness A 0.751 (19.125.4) 0.50 0.75 (12.718.4) 0.25 0.5 (6.3512.7) 0.751 (19.125.4) 0.50 0.75 (12.718.4) 0.25 0.5 (6.3512.7) Tube Length B 0.84 (21.3) 1.09 (27.69) 1.03 (26.16) C 3.78 (96.0) 4.03 (102.4) 4.28 (108.7) Standard Tube Catalog Number 313C909H17 313C909H18 313C909H19 313C909H20 313C909H21 313C909H22 Dimensions D 6.58 (167.1)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
E Mounting Panel B
C D
25 25 25
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005EApril 2011 www.eaton.com V4-T25-487
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-488 2501200 Circuit Breaker or Motor Circuit Protector HMCP and Series C EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED HMCP and Series C HJD, JD, JDB, JDC HMCP and Series C DK, HKD, KD, KDB Series C HLD, LD, LDC Series C MD, MDS (No MDL) Series C HND, ND, NDC
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Flange Mounted Handle Mechanisms Type C371
Operating Mechanism Only Frame Size 150 250 400 600 800 1200 Variable Depth Mounting Range Min/Max 6.516 (165.1406.4) 6.516.63 (165.1422.4) 6.516.63 (165.1422.4) 8.522 (215.9558.8) 8.7522 (222.3558.8) 9.7522 (247.7558.8) Catalog Number C371E C371F C371F C371G C371K C371K Operating Mechanism w/ 4-inch Handle For NEMA 112 Enclosure Catalog Number C371E1 C371F5 C371F5 C371G5 C371K5 C371K5 For NEMA 4/4X Enclosure Catalog Number C371E2 C371F6 C371F6 C371G6 C371K6 C371K6
Handle Only
Circuit Breaker Frame Size (Amperes) 150 NEMA Enclosure Type 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X Operating Handle Length 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) Catalog Number C371H1 C371H2 C371H3 C371H4 C371H5 C371H6 C371H7 C371H8
www.eaton.com
25.3
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
.44 (11.2)
M-Frame
Stud Ampere Rating 225 400 400 400 600 600 600 800 800 800 Diameter and Thread 0.50 (12.7)13 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 Extension Back of Breaker 3.66 (93.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.0) Stud Catalog Number 314C960G01 314C960G04 314C960G05 314C960G06 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09 314C960G10 314C960G11 314C960G12
N-Frame
Stud Ampere Rating 800 800 800 1200 1200 Diameter and Thread 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.25 (31.8)12 1.25 (31.8)12 Extension Back of Breaker 5.5 (139.7) 8.0 (203.2) 10.5 (266.7) 5.5 (139.7) 10.5 (266.7) Stud Catalog Number 623B222G01 623B222G02 623B222G03 373B375G04 373B375G03
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-489
25.4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Gi-, Fi, Ji-, Ki-, Li-Frames
Contents
Description Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Line and Load Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Line and Load Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gi and Fi Time-Current Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ji, Ki Time-Current Curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Li Time-Current Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame WeightsApproximate Lbs (kg) . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online
Page V4-T25-491 V4-T25-491 V4-T25-493 V4-T25-493 V4-T25-493 V4-T25-493 V4-T25-493 V4-T25-494 V4-T25-495 V4-T25-496 V4-T25-497 V4-T25-497 V4-T25-499 V4-T25-500 V4-T25-503
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-490
Product Overview
Gi-, Fi, Ji-, Ki-, Li-Frames 15800 Amperes IEC 947-2 440 Vac NEMA 480 Vac Eatons universal molded case circuit breakers, in one-, two- and three-pole configurations, are designed to provide an economical alternative for applications that do not require the higher interrupting ratings and modular accessories provided by Series G breakers. As with other members of Eatons family of molded case circuit breakers, universal breakers provide high quality, reliability, unmatched performance, and outstanding value. For NEMA and IEC Standard Voltage Systems These breakers have been designated universal because they can be applied to both NEMA and IEC standard voltage systems: 277/ 480 Vac, 220/380 Vac and 240/415 Vac at 60 or 50 Hz. Eatons universal breakers are rated from 15800 amperes and are available in five frame sizes. Each frame size has the same compact outside dimensions as Series C breakers. Additionally, universal breakers are suitable for 50C applications and have been rigorously tested to the IEC 947-2 standard. They are assembled in an ISO certified facility. Trip Units and Terminals Universal breakers are provided with factory-sealed thermal-magnetic trip units. The Gi-Frame breaker (15 125 amperes, UL listed up to 60A; 70125A are IEC only) includes line and load terminals with breaker mounting hardware. Frames Fi (15225 amperes), Ji (250 amperes), Ki (300 400 amperes) and Li (500 630 amperes) include line and load end caps with termination hardware installed. The Li-Frame (700 800 amperes) is fitted with both line and load bus bar extensions that use standard hardware. A full complement of end cap kit terminals is available to customize universal breakers as required. External Accessories Universal breakers use the same external accessories as Series C breakers: handle mechanisms, motor operators, lock-off devices, bus bar extensions and multiple terminal arrangements.
25.4
25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Eatons Universal Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electrical Characteristics Frame (690V) / Maximum Rated Amperes Interrupting Rating IEC 947-2 220240 Vac Icu/Ics 380415 Vac /cu/Ics 440 Vac Icu/Ics NEMA 240 Vac 277/480 Vac Number of Poles Continuous Ampere Rating (40C)
25 25
Gi125 18/5 18 14 1 15, 20, 30, 40, 60 , 70, 80, 100, 125 Gi125 25/7 18/5 25 14 2, 3 15, 20, 30, 40, 60, 70, 80, 100, 125 Fi100 25/13 18/9 14/7 25 14 2, 3 15, 20, 30, 40, 60, 70, 80, 100 Fi160 35/18 25/13 20/10 25 14 2, 3 125, 150, 160 Fi225 35/18 25/13 20/10 25 14 2, 3 175, 200, 225 Ji250 35/18 25/13 20/10 35 20 3 250
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Fi-Frame currently UL listed up to 225A. Gi 125 maximum voltage rating or Ui is 600 Vac. Gi 1560 UL listed. Gi-Frames above 60A are not UL listed.
V4-T25-491
25.4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
NEMA Frames
Eatons Universal Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electrical Characteristics Frame (690V) / Maximum Rated Amperes Interrupting Rating IEC 947-2 220240 Vac Icu/Ics 380415 Vac /cu/Ics 440 Vac Icu/Ics 240 Vac 277/480 Vac Number of Poles Continuous Ampere Rating (40C)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-492
25.4
25 25
Features
Base Mounting Hardware Metric base mounting hardware is included with each breaker. English mounting hardware is available for field installation only. Base Mounting Hardware
Frames Gi-Frame Fi-Frame Ji-Frame Ki-Frame Li-Frame Catalog Number English BMH1 BMH2 BMH3 BMH4 Metric BMH1M BMH2M BMH3M BMH4M
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Line and Load Terminals Both line and load terminals are included with Gi-Frame universal breakers.
Options
Optional Line and Load Terminals Compression terminals with hardware are available for a wide range of conductors. Field installation only. Optional Line and Load Terminals
Breaker Fi Awg Wire Range #14#10 #8 #6#4 #34/0 #34/0 #44/0 #6300 Ji Ki 4350 250500 (1) 3/0250 (2) Li 630A 250350 (2) 400500 (2) Metric Wire Range (mm) 2.54 10 1025 2595 2595 2595 16150 25185 120240 (1) 95120 (2) 120185 (2) 185240 (2) Wire Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Torque LbIn 35 40 45 50 50 120 275 275 375 275 275 275 Torque Nm 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.7 5.7 13.9 31.1 31.1 42.0 31.1 31.1 31.1 Catalog Number 3T100FB 3T100FB 3T100FB 3T100FB
Notes Base mounting hardware, applicable to both NEMA and IEC applications, is included with Gi-Frame breakers. A separate catalog number is not required. Package of three terminals.
V4-T25-493
25.4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-494 Frame Size Gi =Gi-Frame Fi = Fi-Frame Ji = Ji-Frame Ki = Ki-Frame Li = Li-Frame
Gi 2 070 L
Terminals L = Line and load terminals Number of Poles Gi-Frame Fi-Frame Ji-Frame Ki-Frame Li-Frame 1 = Single-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 3 = Three-pole 3 = Three-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 3 = Three-pole Ampere Rating Ji-Frame Ki-Frame 250= 250 amp 300= 300 amp 350= 350 amp 400= 400 amp
Gi-Frame 015= 15 amp 020= 20 amp 030= 30 amp 040= 40 amp 050= 50 amp 060= 60 amp 070= 70 amp 080= 80 amp 100= 100 amp 125= 125 amp
Fi-Frame 015= 15 amp 020= 20 amp 030= 30 amp 040= 40 amp 050= 50 amp 060= 60 amp 070= 70 amp 080= 80 amp 100= 100 amp 125= 125 amp 150= 150 amp 160= 160 amp 175= 175 amp 200= 200 amp 225= 225 amp
Li-Frame 500= 500 amp 600= 600 amp 630= 630 amp 700= 700 amp 800W = 800 amp
25.4
25 25 25 25 25
Product Selection
Catalog Numbers When ordering universal breakers, use the appropriate catalog numbers given below.
Gi 125
Gi-Frame/15125 Amperes
Frames/ Ampere Rating Gi125/15125 amperes Single-Pole Catalog Number Gi1015 Gi1020 Gi1030 Gi1040 Gi1050 Gi1060 Gi1070 Gi1080 Gi1100 Gi1125 Two-Pole Catalog Number Gi2015 Gi2020 Gi2030 Gi2040 Gi2050 Gi2060 Gi2070 Gi2080 Gi2100 Gi2125 Three-Pole Catalog Number Gi3015 Gi3020 Gi3030 Gi3040 Gi3050 Gi3060 Gi3070 Gi3080 Gi3100 Gi3125
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Fi 225
Fi-Frame/15225 Amperes
Frames/ Ampere Rating Fi100/15100 amperes Single-Pole Catalog Number Fi160/125160 amperes Fi225/175225 amperes Two-Pole Catalog Number Fi2015L Fi2020L Fi2030L Fi2040L Fi2050L Fi2060L Fi2070L Fi2080L Fi2100L Fi2125L Fi2150L Fi2160L Fi2175L Fi2200L Fi2225L Three-Pole Catalog Number Fi3015L Fi3020L Fi3030L Fi3040L Fi3050L Fi3060L Fi3070L Fi3080L Fi3100L Fi3125L Fi3150L Fi3160L Fi3175L Fi3200L Fi3225L
V4-T25-495
25.4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-496 Li 630 Ki 400 Ji 250
Ji250/250 Amperes
Frames/ Ampere Rating Ji250/250 amperes Single-Pole Catalog Number Two-Pole Catalog Number Three-Pole Catalog Number Ji3250L
Ki-Frame/300400 Amperes
Frames/ Ampere Rating Ki400/300400 amperes Single-Pole Catalog Number Two-Pole Catalog Number Three-Pole Catalog Number Ki3300L Ki3350L Ki3400L
Li-Frame/500800 Amperes
Frames/ Ampere Rating Li630/500630 amperes Single-Pole Catalog Number Two-Pole Catalog Number Three-Pole Catalog Number Li3500 Li3600 Li3630
Accessories
End Cap Accessory Kit End caps for line and load conductor termination are optional with each breaker. End caps secure the conductor with a ring-type connector. The kit includes one end cap, three cap screws, three nuts and three lock washers. End Cap Accessory Kit
25.4
25 25
Type Fi100 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Trip, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic
25 25
For NEMA interrupting ratings, see Electrical Characteristics on Pages V4-T25-491 and V4-T25-492
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Interrupting Ratings (IEC 947-2) rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Ics Volts Icu 220240 AC 380415 AC 25 18 7 5
Interrupting Ratings (IEC 947-2) rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Ics Volts Icu 220240 AC 380415 AC 440 AC 250 DC 25 18 14 20 13 9 7 10
25 25 25
TIME IN SECONDS
TIME IN SECONDS
50 30 20 10 5 3 2 1 .5 .3 .2 .1
25 25 25
Interrupting Rating determines end of curve
25 25 25 25
.05 .03 .02 .01 .005 .003 .002 .001 100 2 4 6 8 101 2 4 6 8 102
8 103
8 10 2
8 10 3
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF /n
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF /n
V4-T25-497
25.4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
TIME IN SECONDS
10000 5000 3000 2000 1000 500 300 200 100 50 30 20 10 5 3 2 1 .5 .3 .2 .1 .05 .03 .02 .01 .005 .003 .002 .001 100 2 4 6
Fi Time-Current Curves, continued Type Fi160 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Trip, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic
Type Fi225 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Trip, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic
Interrupting Ratings (IEC 947-2) rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Ics Volts Icu 220240 AC 380415 AC 440 AC 250 DC 25 18 14 10 13 9 7 5
Interrupting Ratings (IEC 947-2) rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Ics Volts Icu 220240 AC 380415 AC 440 AC 250 DC 25 18 14 10 13 9 7 5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
TIME IN SECONDS
8 101
8 102
8 103
100
8 101
8 102
8 103
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF /n
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF /n
V4-T25-498
25.4
25 25 25
Ji, Ki Time-Current Curves Type Ji250 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Trip, Fixed Thermal-Adjustable Magnetic
Type Ki400 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Trip, Fixed Thermal-Adjustable Magnetic
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Interrupting Ratings (IEC 947-2) rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Ics Volts Icu 220240 AC 380415 AC 440 AC 250 DC 35 25 20 10 18 13 10 5
Interrupting Ratings (IEC 947-2) rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Ics Volts Icu 220240 AC 380415 AC 440 AC 250 DC 35 25 20 10 18 13 10 5
TIME IN SECONDS
10 5 3 2 1 .5 .3 .2 .1 .05 .03 .02 .01 .005 .003 .002 .001 100 2 4 6 8 101 2 4 6 8 102 2 4 6 8 103
TIME IN SECONDS
50 30 20
50 30 20 10 5 3 2 1 .5 .3 .2 .1
25 25 25
.05 .03 .02 .01 .005 .003 .002 .001 100 2 4 6 8 101 2 4 6 8 102
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
8 103
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF /n
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF /n
V4-T25-499
25.4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-500
TIME IN SECONDS
10000 5000 3000 2000 1000 500 300 200 100
Li Time-Current Curves Type Li630 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Trip, Fixed Thermal-Adjustable Magnetic
Type Li800 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Thermal-Magnetic Trip, Fixed Thermal-Adjustable Magnetic
Interrupting Ratings (IEC 947-2) rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Ics Volts Icu 220240 AC 380415 AC 440 AC 250 DC 35 25 20 10 18 13 10 5
Interrupting Ratings (IEC 947-2) rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Ics Volts Icu 220240 AC 380415 AC 440 AC 250 DC 42 35 30 10 21 18 15 5
TIME IN SECONDS
50 30 20 10 5 3 2 1 .5 .3 .2 .1 .05 .03 .02 .01 .005 .003 .002 .001 100 2 4 6 8 101 2 4 6 8 102 2 4 6 8 103
50 30 20 10 5 3 2 1 .5 .3 .2
.1 .05 .03 .02 .01 .005 .003 .002 .001 100 2 4 6 8 101 2 4
8 102
8 103
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF /n
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF /n
25.4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Typical Specications for Universal Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electrical circuits shall of the circuit breaker contact be protected by molded position. Additionally, a case circuit breakers as color-coded indication of manufactured by Eaton. the circuit breaker contact position shall be provided for Each pole of the one-, the F-Frame and have red for two- and three-pole circuit ON, green for OFF, and white breakers shall provide for TRIPPED. An easily complete circuit overcurrrent accessible Push-To-Trip protection by having inverse button for mechanically time and instantaneous exercising the trip unit shall tripping characteristics and, be provided on the cover of where applicable, be current each circuit breaker (F-Frame limiting. and larger). All poles of a multi-pole circuit breaker shall The circuit breakers shall be be so constructed as to operated by a toggle-type ensure simultaneous open, handle and have a quickclose and trip operations. make, quick-break, overcenter switching mechanism Molded case circuit breakers that is mechanically trip-free shall be of the inverse time from the handle so that the and instantaneous trip type contacts cannot be closed as provided by thermalagainst short circuit currents. magnetic trip elements. Tripping due to overload or short circuits shall be clearly Non-interchangeable trip indicated by the position of circuit breakers shall be the handle. The ON and OFF factory sealed to prevent positions shall be clearly tampering. Ampere ratings marked on the cover of the shall be clearly visible from circuit breaker (F-Frame and the front of the circuit larger) along with the breaker. Contacts shall be international symbols I for ON non-welding silver alloy. and O for OFF on the handle, Arc extinction shall be providing positive indication accomplished by means of DE-ION arc extinguishers, consisting of metal grids mounted in an insulating support.
Circuit breakers shall be completely enclosed in a high-strength glasspolyester case. The minimum interrupting ratings of the circuit breakers shall be at least equal to the available short circuit current at the line terminals. The circuit breakers can be applied in series rated applications and subject to test data verification. Circuit breakers in frame sizes 100 amperes through 800 amperes shall be equipped with thermalmagnetic trip units. Circuit breakers in the 125 ampere frame size shall be supplied in one-, twoand three-pole models, as specified on the drawings. Circuit breakers in ratings of 225 ampere frame size shall be supplied in two- or threepoles as specified on the drawings. The 250 amperes through 800 amperes frame sizes shall be supplied as three-pole models only as specified on the drawings.
Electrical operators for circuit breakers of the 400 ampere frame size and below shall be of the solenoid type with maximum five-cycle closing characteristics. Electrical operators for circuit breaker frame sizes 630 amperes through 800 amperes shall be of the motor driven type. All electrical operators shall be cover mounted. Circuit breakers shall be provided with uniformly designed nameplates to clearly indicate the type, rating, listing/recognition/ certification marks, accessory details and other information defined in IEC 947-2.
V4-T25-501
25.4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-502 B OFF ON
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) All dimensions are provided for guidance and should not be used for construction purposes unless approved. Contact Eaton for detailed outline drawings.
Gi, Fi, Ji, Ki Universal FrameFront, Side View and Front Cover Cutout
Front View Side View Front Cover Cutout
F M K C L Breaker D
A H C L Handle C L Handle
L C E
10.00 (254.0) 4.13 (104.8) 4.06 (103.2) 5.79 (147.2) 3.50 (88.9)
10.13 (257.2) 5.49 (139.5) 4.06 (103.2) 5.77 (146.5) 4.78 (121.5) 2.63 (66.7)
25.4
25 25
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Li 630 (Bus Extensions Not Included) Li 800 Universal FrameFront and Side View
Front View 8.25 (209.6) 5.50 (139.7) 2.75 (69.9) Side View 4.06 (103.2) 3.81 (96.8) 0.39 (10.0) 0.97 (24.6)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
5.61 (142.6)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
10.75 (273.1)
25 25 25
L 3.64 (92.5) 3.64 (92.5) M 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-503
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-504
Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online
Page V4-T25-505 V4-T25-506 V4-T25-508 V4-T25-508 V4-T25-509 V4-T25-509 V4-T25-510 V4-T25-521 V4-T25-544 V4-T25-558
Application Description
Engine generator circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed application.
Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures File E7819 Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5, Service Entrance and Branch Circuit Breakers International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 947-2, Circuit Breakers
Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application.
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25
JG, KG, LG and NG breakers with W catalog number sufx do not include any terminals JG, KG, LG and NG breakers without W catalog number sufx include both line and load terminals
Contact Eaton for additional ratings and internal/external accessories Reverse feed
FG 3 100 W
Frame FG Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Trip Amperes 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 175 200 225 250 KG 300 350 400 LG 450 500 600 NG 700 800 900 1000 1200 Suffix W = Without terminals
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
JG
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-505
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-506 Magnetic Pickup Range Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 5001000 5001000 5001000 5001000 10002000
Product Selection
The following table lists FG through NG engine generator breakers with the maximum generator kVA and kW rating. Engine generator breakers are applied at 115% of the generator full load current rating (FLA). The maximum kW rating is based on threephase generators at 80% power factor.
Thermal-Magnetic
Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz 240 Vac kVA kW 5 7 9 11 13 14 16 18 22 25 29 32 36 40 45 54 63 72 81 63 63 72 72 81 81 90 90 108 108 126 126 144 4 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 36 43 51 58 65 51 51 58 58 65 65 72 72 87 87 101 101 116 Engine Generator Breaker 480 Vac kVA 11 14 18 22 25 29 32 36 43 51 58 65 72 79 90 108 126 144 162 126 126 144 144 162 162 181 181 217 217 253 253 289 kW 9 12 14 17 20 23 26 29 35 40 46 52 58 64 72 87 101 116 130 101 101 116 116 130 130 144 144 173 173 202 202 231 600 Vac kVA 14 18 23 27 32 36 41 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 113 135 158 181 203 158 158 181 181 203 203 226 226 271 271 316 316 361 kW 11 14 18 22 25 29 32 36 43 51 58 65 72 79 90 108 126 144 162 126 126 144 144 162 162 181 181 217 217 253 253 289 Catalog Number FG3015 FG3020 FG3025 FG3030 FG3035 FG3040 FG3045 FG3050 FG3060 FG3070 FG3080 FG3090 FG3100 FG3110 FG3125 FG3150 FG3175 FG3200 FG3225 JG3175W JG3175 JG3200W JG3200 JG3225W JG3225 JG3250W JG3250 KG3300W KG3300 KG3350W KG3350 KG3400
Notes Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. Breaker includes line and load terminals. Without terminals. The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW.
www.eaton.com
25.5
Engine Generator Breaker
Electronic
Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz Magnetic Pickup Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 12505000 12505000 12505000 240 Vac kVA 162 181 217 253 289 325 361 433 480 Vac kW 130 144 173 202 231 260 289 347 kVA 325 361 433 505 578 650 722 867 kW 260 289 347 404 462 520 578 693 600 Vac kVA 406 451 542 632 722 812 903 1083 kW 325 361 433 505 578 650 722 867
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. Breaker includes line and load terminals. The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-507
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Surface or ush mounting 151200 ampere range 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
Type 1 enclosed breakers are designed for use in commercial buildings, apartment buildings and other areas where a general purpose enclosure is applicable. The breaker is front operable and is capable of being padlocked in either the ON or OFF position. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed with Underwriters Laboratories as approved for service entrance application. Both surface and flush mounted enclosures are available. Type 3R Rainproof Surface Mounting
as a main disconnect and protective device for feeder circuits. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application. Type 12 Dustproof Surface Mounting
Breaker Frame FG FG JG KG KG LG NG NG NG
Max. Amp Rating 100 150 250 350 400 600 700 1000 1200
AWG Wire Range 141/0 44/0 4350 kcmil 250500 kcmil 3/0250 kcmil (2) 250500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (2) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 4/0500 kcmil (4)
Metric Wire Range mm2 2.550 2595 25185 120240 95120 120240 50300 95185 120300
Catalog Number 3T100FB 3TA225FD TA250KB TA350K 3TA400K 3TA603LDK TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1
No knockouts or other openings 151200 ampere range 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Interchangeable hubs (through 400 amperes) 151200 ampere range 600 Vac, 500 Vdc
This general purpose outdoor service center employs a circuit breaker inside a weatherproof sheet steel breaker enclosure to serve Enclosure Selection Data
Breaker Frame Amperes FG 15225 Enclosure Type Class Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 JG 175250 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 KG 300400 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 LG 450600 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 NG 7001200 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12
The Type 12 enclosure is designed in line with specifications for special industry applications where unusually severe conditions involving oil, coolant, dust and other foreign materials exist in the operating atmosphere. The handle padlocks in the OFF position and the cover is interlocked with the handle mechanism to prevent opening the cover with the circuit breaker in the ON position. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application.
Catalog Number SFDN225 RFDN225 JFDN225 SJDN250 RJDN250 JJDN250 SKDN400 RKDN400 JKDN400 SLDN600 RLDN600 JLDN600 SNDN1200 RNDN1200 JNDN1200
LG NG
Shunt Trip
Breaker Frame FG JG KG LG NG Rating 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc Factory Mounted S02 S42 S42 S02 S02 Field Kit Catalog Number SNT1LP03K SNT2P04K SNT3P04K SNT4LP03K SNT5LP03K
Notes Package of three terminals. Other accessories are available. Same as standard frame breakers. Field installation on the FG Frame is not UL listed.
V4-T25-508
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
A 23.25 (590.6) 25.66 (651.8) 25.66 (651.8) 34.70 (881.4) 37.50 (952.5) 37.53 (953.3) 38.81 (985.8) 41.69 (1058.9) 41.69 (1058.9) 45.88 (1165.4) 48.31 (1227.1) 48.31 (1227.1) 61.22 (1555.0) 63.59 (1615.2) 63.59 (1615.2)
B 8.41 (213.6) 8.84 (224.7) 8.84 (224.7) 10.92 (277.4) 11.56 (293.6) 11.56 (293.6) 11.06 (280.9) 11.75 (298.5) 11.75 (298.5) 14.31 (363.5) 14.91 (378.7) 14.91 (378.7) 21.44 (544.6) 22.00 (558.8) 22.00 (558.8)
C 6.28 (159.5) 9.31 (236.5) 9.31 (236.5) 7.20 (182.9) 10.22 (259.6) 10.22 (259.6) 10.94 (277.9) 14.06 (357.1) 14.06 (357.1) 12.38 (314.5) 15.50 (393.7) 15.50 (393.7) 15.41 (391.4) 17.63 (447.8) 17.63 (447.8)
D 18.75 (476.3) 24.28 (616.7) 24.28 (616.7) 30.00 (762.0) 35.77 (908.6) 35.77 (908.6) 34.00 (863.6) 39.90 (1013.5) 39.90 (1013.5) 46.56 (1182.6) 46.56 (1182.6) 46.56 (1182.6) 61.84 (1570.7) 61.84 (1570.7) 61.84 (1570.7)
E 1.20 (30.5) 1.70 (43.2) 1.70 (43.2) 1.88 (47.8) 1.94 (49.3) 1.94 (49.3) 2.28 (57.9) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.91 (48.5) 1.92 (48.8) 1.92 (48.8) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0)
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50 SFDN225 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50 RFDN225 0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3 0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3 JFDN225 SJDN250 RJDN250 JJDN250
0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.50, 2, 2.50, 3, 3.50 SKDN400 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 2.50, 3, 3.50 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4 RKDN400 JKDN400 SLDN600 RLDN600 JLDN600 SNDN1200 RNDN1200 JNDN1200
Type 3R Rainproof
E C
ON A D A D OFF
A D ON OFF
25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-509
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-510
Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . . Page V4-T25-504 V4-T25-513 V4-T25-518 V4-T25-519 V4-T25-520 V4-T25-521 V4-T25-544 V4-T25-558
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Ics 10 10 10 Poles in Series 3 3 3
Quick Reference Direct Current Circuit Breakers UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical kA) Volts DC Poles in 125 Series 250 42 42 42 22 22 42 42 42 42 42 42 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 22 22 42 50 50 50 50 65
Circuit Breaker Type HFDDC HJDDC HKDDC LGEDC LGSDC LGHDC HLDDC HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC PBDC
Maximum Amperes 225 250 400 600 600 600 600 1200 800 1200 2500
Poles in Series 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
600 42 42 42 35 50 65 35 35 50 65
Poles in Series 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
750 42
Poles in Series 4
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Time constants per UL 489. HFDDC through HMDLDC have been tesetd up to 300 Vdc to allow for battery charging voltages. 750 Vdc is common in transportation applications. HFDDC, four-pole 750 Vdc is available up to 150A maximum. 300 Vdc and 750 Vdc are not UL 489 listed voltage ratings. Four-pole frame with two-poles connected in parallel. See Page V4-T25-519 for series connection diagrams. Use NEC rated cable to connect/short poles in series as shown.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-511
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-512 HFDDC HJDDC HKDDC LGEDC LGSDC LGHDC HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC PBDC = = = = = = = = = =
HFDDC 3 150 W
Frame Series CF (225A max.) Series CJ (250A max.) Series CK (400A max.) Series GL (600A max.) Series GL (600A max.) Series GL (600A max.) Series CL (1200A max.) Series CM (800A max.) NB (1200A max.) PB (2500A max.) Number of Poles 1 = Single-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Trip Unit Ampere Rating 015 = 15A 020 = 20A 025 = 25A 030 = 30A 035 = 35A 040 = 40A 045 = 45A 050 = 50A 060 = 60A 070 = 70A 080 = 80A 090 = 90A 100 = 100A 110 = 110A 125 = 125A 150 = 150A 175 = 175A 200 = 200A 225 = 225A 250 = 250A 300 = 300A 350 = 350A 400 = 400A 450 = 450A 500 = 500A 600 = 600A 700 = 700A 800 = 800A 900 = 900A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A 2000 = 2000A 2500 = 2500A K L MW W = = = = Suffix Molded case switch Line and load terminals, F-Frame 135% magnetic trip unit, without terminals Without terminals
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25
Product Selection
HFDDC
Type HFDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals Single-Pole Two-Pole Catalog Catalog Number Number HFDDC1015L HFDDC1020L HFDDC1025L HFDDC1030L HFDDC1035L HFDDC1040L HFDDC1045L HFDDC1050L HFDDC1060L HFDDC1070L HFDDC1080L HFDDC1090L HFDDC1100L HFDDC1110L HFDDC1125L HFDDC1150L HFDDC2015L HFDDC2020L HFDDC2025L HFDDC2030L HFDDC2035L HFDDC2040L HFDDC2045L HFDDC2050L HFDDC2060L HFDDC2070L HFDDC2080L HFDDC2090L HFDDC2100L HFDDC2110L HFDDC2125L HFDDC2150L HFDDC2175L HFDDC2200L HFDDC2225L Three-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC3015L HFDDC3020L HFDDC3025L HFDDC3030L HFDDC3035L HFDDC3040L HFDDC3045L HFDDC3050L HFDDC3060L HFDDC3070L HFDDC3080L HFDDC3090L HFDDC3100L HFDDC3110L HFDDC3125L HFDDC3150L HFDDC3175L HFDDC3200L HFDDC3225L Four-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC4015L HFDDC4020L HFDDC4025L HFDDC4030L HFDDC4035L HFDDC4040L HFDDC4045L HFDDC4050L HFDDC4060L HFDDC4070L HFDDC4080L HFDDC4090L HFDDC4100L HFDDC4110L HFDDC4125L HFDDC4150L
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
HJDDC3250
Type HJDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Catalog Number HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number JT3070T JT3090T JT3100T JT3125T JT3150T JT3175T JT3200T JT3225T JT3250T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Notes For breaker without terminals, replace "L" with "W" at end of catalog number. For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for eld installation.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-513
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-514 HKDDC3400
Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Catalog Number HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number KT3100T KT3125T KT3150T KT3175T KT3200T KT3225T KT3250T KT3300T KT3350T KT3400T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA350K TA350K TA350K 3TA400K
Type LGEDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 300 350 400 500 600 Complete Breaker Catalog Number LGEDC3250FAG LGEDC3300FAG LGEDC3350FAG LGEDC3400FAG LGEDC3500FAG LGEDC3600FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only Catalog Number LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT4500FA LT3600FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK 3TA632LK 3TA632LK
Type LGSDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 300 350 400 500 600 Complete Breaker Catalog Number LGSDC3250FAG LGSDC3300FAG LGSDC3350FAG LGSDC3400FAG LGSDC3500FAG LGSDC3600FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only Catalog Number LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT4500FA LT3600FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK 3TA632LK 3TA632LK
Notes For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for eld installation. Three-pole kit.
www.eaton.com
25.5
25
Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK 3TA632LK
Type LGHDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 300 350 400 500 600 Complete Breaker Catalog Number LGHDC3250FAG LGHDC3300FAG LGHDC3350FAG LGHDC3400FAG LGHDC3500FAG LGHDC3600FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only Catalog Number LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT4500FA LT3600FA
25 25 25 25 25 25 25
3TA632LK
HLDDC
Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Catalog Number HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3300T LT3350T LT3400T LT3450T LT3500T LT3600T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD 3TA603LDK
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers Two-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 250 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Complete Breaker Catalog Number HLDDC20600 HLDDC20700 HLDDC20800 HLDDC20900 HLDDC21000 HLDDC21200
Notes For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for eld installation. Three-pole kit. Includes breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. Four-pole breaker with two poles wired in parellel.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-515
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-516 HMDLDC3800F
Type HMDLDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Catalog Number HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number MT3300T MT3350T MT3400T MT3450T MT3500T MT3600T MT3700T MT3800T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2
Type NBDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 700 800 900 1000 1200 Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Assembled without Terminals Catalog Includes Magnetic Number Trip Unit Calibrated at 135% NBDC3700MW NBDC3800MW NBDC3900MW NBDC31000MW NBDC31200MW Included Included Included Included Included Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1
Type PBDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1600 2000 2500 Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Assembled without Terminals Catalog Number PBDC31600W PBDC32000W PBDC32500W Standard Rear Connectors Catalog Number BA2000PB BA2000PB BA2500PB
Notes Includes frame and trip unit. Order terminals or connectors separately. For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for eld installation.
www.eaton.com
25.5
Standard Terminal Catalog Number 3T20FB 3T100FB 3TA225FD TA250KB TA300K TA350K 3TA400K TA602LD 3TA603LDK TA350LK 3TA632LK TA602LD 3TA603LDK TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Molded Case Switches Eatons DC molded case switches are used in applications requiring a compact, high-capacity disconnect. They are UL 489 listed and have automatic high instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection. Molded Case Switches
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 Vdc Maximum 100 150 225 250 400 42 42 42 42 35 65 600 65 35 800 250 Vdc Maximum 1200 50
With Line and Load Terminals Interrupting Capacity (Volts DC) Poles in Series Catalog Number
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
35
HLDDC21200K
HLDDC21200WK
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-517
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-518
Accessories
Internal Accessories
Factory Installation (HFDDC) Field Installation Kits HFDDC HJDDC HKDDC LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC PBDC
Description
Right-Pole Mounting Auxiliary switch 1A-1B A06 2A-2B A13 Alarm switch 1 make/1 break B06 Auxiliary and alarm combo 1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05 Left-Pole Mounting Shunt trip 12 Vdc S02 24 Vdc S02 48 Vdc S06 60 Vdc S06 125 Vdc S10 250 Vdc S14 120 Vac S06 Undervoltage release 12 Vdc U30 24 Vdc U34 48 Vdc U38 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 120 Vac U42 U46 U14
4980D16G05 4980D16G06
2602D32G14 2602D32G15
SNT1LP03K SNT1LP03K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP12K SNT1LP18K SNT1LP12K UVH1LP20K UVH1LP21K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP26K UVH1LP28K UVH1LP08K
SNT2P04K SNT2P04K SNT2P06K SNT2P06K SNT2P11K SNT2P14K SNT2P11K UVH2LP20K UVH2LP21K UVH2LP22K UVH2LP26K UVH2LP28K UVH2LP08K
SNT3P04K SNT3P04K SNT3P06K SNT3P06K SNT3P11K SNT3P14K SNT3P11K UVH3LP20K UVH3LP21K UVH3LP22K UVH3LP26K UVH3LP28K UVH3LP08K
SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT120CPK UVR012DPK UVR024DPK UVR048DPK UVR125DPK UVR250DPK UVR120APK
SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP11K UVH4LP20K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP22K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP28K UVH4LP08K
SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP11K UVH4LP20K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP22K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP28K UVH4LP08K
2606D58G14 2606D58G13 2606D58G12 2606D58G11 2606D58G10 2606D58G09 2060D58G05 372D032G06 372D032G07 372D032G08 372D032G09 372D032G10 373D632G05
2606D59G28 2606D59G27 2606D59G26 2606D59G25 2606D59G24 2606D59G23 2060D59G19 4976D85G11 4976D85G12 4976D85G13 4976D85G17 4976D85G18 5674D29G01
Note F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be eld installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. Factory installation of accessories available. Contact Eaton for assistance with part number conguration.
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Wiring Diagrams
Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application
Load Load (A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.
Load
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.
Notes Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC. For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-519
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-520 HJDDC HKDDC LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC 600A Max. HLDDC 1200A Max. HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC PBDC
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) DC Breaker Dimensions
Frame HFDDC Number of Poles 1 2 3 4 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 4 2, 3 3 3 Width 1.38 (35.1) 2.75 (70.0) 4.13 (105.0) 5.50 (139.7) 4.13 (105.0) 5.50 (139.7) 5.48 (139.2) 8.25 (209.6) 11.00 (279.4) 8.25 (209.6) 8.25 (209.6) 12.06 (306.3) Height 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 10.00 (254.0) 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) 10.75 (273.1) 10.75 (273.1) 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4) 22.06 (560.3) Depth 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 4.06 (103.1) 4.10 (104.1) 4.09 (103.9) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 5.50 (139.7) 9.06 (230.1)
www.eaton.com
25.5
Page V4-T25-504 V4-T25-510 V4-T25-525 V4-T25-541 V4-T25-544 V4-T25-558
Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Breakers Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . .
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25
1000 Vac Mining Breaker Replacement Chart
Classic HFM HKAM HLAM HLCM HMAM HMCM HNBM HNBMH HNCM HLCLM HPBM Series C JDCM KDCM LDCM LDCM E2M E2FM E2JM E2KM E2LM E2LM E2MM E2MM E2NM E2NM E2NM E2NM E2RM
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Note E2R/E2RM is a new frame physically different than the HPBM. See DS29-170MS.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-521
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Conductor Size 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 300 350 400 500 Circuit Breaker Type E2F E2J E2K E2LME E2L E2M E2N E2R E2FM E2JM E2KM E2LMZ E2LM E2MM E2NM E2RM
Eatons mining service circuit breakers provide short circuit protection as specified in the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. E2 225/400 ampere K frame and 400/600 ampere L frame electronic trip units feature specifically designed instantaneous pickup settings to conform exactly with the code of Interrupting Capacity Rating
Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges. The tables below list the conductor size maximum allowable circuit breaker instantaneous setting and the E2 breaker that meets that setting. Auxiliary Switch Electrical Rating Data
Vdc 250 10 10 10 42 22 22 10 22 10 42 22 22 Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6.0 0.5 (non-inductive load) 0.25 (non-inductive load)
Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical kA) Vac (50/60 Hz) 240 480 600 1000Y/577 65 65 65 100 65 65 65 125 65 65 65 100 25 35 35 65 35 35 50 65 25 35 35 65 35 35 50 65 18 18 25 35 25 25 25 50 18 18 25 35 25 25 25 50 10 10 14 10 18 18 25 25
Notes Two poles in series. DC rating applies to breakers with thermal-magnetic trip unit. Breakers with electronic trip units are not DC rated. Series rated for application with Eatons E2KM and E2LM breakers.
V4-T25-522
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-523
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-524 E2LME/E2LMZ E2K/E2KM E2J/E2JM Breaker Type E2F/E2FM 48 Vac 60 Vac 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 208 Vac 220 Vac 230 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
E2F/E2FM
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-525
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
70
E2F/E2FM
Magnetic Only Circuit BreakersSealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Include Line/Load Terminals
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100
V4-T25-526
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25
E2J/E2JM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
E2J/E2JM
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-527
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-528 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250
E2J/E2JM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25
E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
E2K/E2KM
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-529
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-530
E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25
E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-531
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-532 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 150 225
E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25
E2LME/E2LMZ (Series G)
Circuit Breakers with Magnetic Only Trip Unit
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-533
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-534
E2L/E2LM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25
E2L/E2LM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-535
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-536 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 600
E2L/E2LM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25
E2M/E2MM
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
E2M/E2MM
25 25
Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2M3800TMN E2M3800TMX E2M3800TMP E2M3800TMW Frame Only Catalog Number E2M3800F E2M3800F E2M3800F E2M3800F
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-537
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-538 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800
E2M/E2MM
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25
E2N/E2NM
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-539
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-540 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C LS 1600 2000 LSI 1600 2000
E2R/E2RM
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous (Does Not Include Rating Plugs)
28 x In 28 x In 28 x In 28 x In
E2RM316T33W E2RM320T33W
E2RM316T32W E2RM320T32W
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Accessories
Line and Load Terminals
Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM Maximum Breaker Amperes 100 150 250 225 350 400 E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM E2M/E2MM 400 400 600 600 600 800 std. 800 800 E2N/E2NM 700 1000 1200 1600 2000 Wire Type Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu/AI Cu/AI AWG Wire Range (No. Conductors) #141/0 (1) #44/0 (1) #4350 (1) #3350 (1) 250500 (1) 2/0250 (2) 500750 (1) 4/0600 (1) 250350 (2) (2) 2/0500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (2) 500750 kcmil (3) 3/0300 kcmil 2/0500 (2) 3/0500 (3) 3/0400 (4) 5001000 (4) 2600 (6) Catalog Number 3T100FB (package of three) 3T150FB (package of three) T250KB T300K T350K 3T400K (three-pole kit) 3TA631LK 3TA401LDK (three-pole kit) T602LD T600MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA T800MA1 T700NB1 T1000NB1 T1200NB3 TA1600RD TA2000RD
Imperial
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-541
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-542 E2R/E2RM E2N/E2NM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM E2K/E2KM
Factory Modication Code U18 U42 U18 U22 T14 U66 U68 U18 U22 T14 U5 U6 U66 U68 U18 U22 T14 U66 U68 U18 U22 T14 U58 U49 U53 T33
www.eaton.com
25.5
25
Factory Modication Code
Shunt Trip
Breaker Type E2F/E2FM Voltage Rating 48127 Vac or 4860 Vdc 208230 Vac or 110127 Vdc E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 2460 Vac/Vdc Mounting Location Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Catalog Number SNT1LP08K SNT1LP12K
Number of Sets of Contacts (Make and Mounting Break) Location 1 2 1 1 2 Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right
Catalog Number
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
A1L1LPK/A1L1RPK B06 A2L1LPK/A2L1RPK B13 A1L2LPK/A1L2RPK B06 A1L3LPK/A1L3RPK B06 A2L3LPK/A2L3RPK B13 ALM1M1BJPK ALM2M2BJPK B1 B3
S10 S10
E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ
1 2
S1 S2 S06 S86 S10 S42 S10 S42 S29 S45 E2R/E2RM E2N/E2NM
110240 Vac/Vdc Left pole 4860 Vac 4860 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc E2N/E2NM E2R/E2RM 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Right pole Right pole
E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 1 2 1 2 1 2
A1L4LPK/A1L4RPK B06 A2L4LPK/A2L4RPK B13 A1L5LPK/A1L5RPK B06 A2L5LPK/A2L5RPK B13 A1L6RPK A2L6RPK B05 B12
Notes Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed. LH (RH also available). LH or RH. RH only.
Auxiliary Switch
Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM E2N/E2NM E2R/E2RM Number of Sets of Contacts Mounting (1A and 1B) Location 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 4 Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Catalog Number A1X1PK A2X1RPK A1X2PK A2X2PK A1X3PK A2X3PK AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK A1X4PK A2X4PK A1X5PK A2X5PK A2X6RPK A4X6RPK Factory Modication Code A06 A13 A06 A13 A06 A13 A1 A2 A06 A13 A06 A13 A12 A19
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-543
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-544 Breaker Type KAM LAM MAM NBM
Contents
Description E2 Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-521 V4-T25-521 V4-T25-525 V4-T25-541 V4-T25-544 V4-T25-546 V4-T25-551 V4-T25-553
Notes Based on circuit power factor of 50% or greater. HLAM must be rear stud connected. If front connected, interrupting capacity rating is 10,000 amperes. Resistive circuit. Two poles in electrical series in ungrounded leg of circuit.
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Classic Circuit Breakers For Mining Service Undervoltage Release Data Undervoltage releases are calibrated to pick up at 72 to 85% of rated voltage dropout between 35 to 70% of rated voltage.
Breaker Type KAM, HKAM Volts 480/60 240/60 120/60 120/60 LAM, HLAM, MAM, HMAM, NBM, HNBM 480/60 240/60 120/60 120/60 Line Amperes 0.021 0.019 0.021 0.13 0.033 0.028 0.029 0.13 Series Resistors 10,000 12,000 6,000 Total VA 10.1 4.6 2.5 15.6 15.9 6.7 3.5 15.6
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-545
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-546 LAM
Product Selection
For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on Page V4-T25-553. Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers
Breaker Type KAM Frame Style Numbers 2609D60G64 1291C26G07 2609D60G66 1291C26G01 1291C26G02 2609D60G67 1291C26G08 2609D60G69 5685D48G75 5685D48G74 1291C26G03 1291C26G04 2609D60G01 2609D60G02 2609D60G40 2609D60G41 1291C26G05 1291C26G06 1291C32G01 2609D60G61 1291C32G03 5685D48G73 1291C32G02 2609D60G03 2609D60G44 1291C32G04 Poles 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amperes 180 180 180 225 225 180 180 180 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 Trip Type M M M TM TM M M M TM TM TM TM TM TM M M M M TM M TM TM TM TM M M Accessories (Included in Frame) None UVR Standard shunt trip UVR UVR None UVR Standard shunt trip None None UVR UVR Standard shunt trip Standard shunt trip None None UVR
Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 200400 200400 200400 300700 5001000 200400 200400 200400 300700 5001000 300700 5001000 300700 5001000 300700 500700 300700 5001000 5001000 7501500 5001000 8001600 8001600 8001600 8001600 8001600
UVR UVR Shunt trip (48 Vdc) UVR None UVR Standard shunt trip None UVR
Notes Terminals not included in style number. All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated. Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type. UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac. M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 7501500 10002000 20004000 15003000 15003000 15003000 20004000 20004000 20004000 15003000 15003000 20004000 20004000 15003000 20004000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000
For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on Page V4-T25-553. Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers, continued
Breaker Type MAM Frame Style Numbers 2609D60G17 2609D60G18 2609D60G63 5685D48G72 2609D60G19 2609D60G04 2609D60G05 5685D48G71 2609D60G20 2609D60G46 2609D60G47 2609D60G48 2609D60G49 NBM 1229C37G13 1229C37G14 1227C36G10 1229C37G15 1227C36G13 1227C36G14 1227C36G09 1229C37G16 1227C36G19 1229C37G17 Poles 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amperes 600 800 400 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 1000 1200 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 Trip Type TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM M M M M TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM M M Accessories (Included in Frame) UVR UVR
UVR None UVR Standard shunt trip Standard shunt trip None UVR None UVR None UVR UVR UVR None UVR Standard shunt trip Standard shunt trip None UVR None UVR
Notes Terminals not included in style number. All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated. Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type. UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac. M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-547
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-548 HNAM HMAM HLAM HKAM
HLAM
3 3 3
TM TM M
HMAM
3 3 3 3 3 3
TM TM TM TM M M
HNBM
3 3 3 3 3
TM TM TM TM M
Notes The magnetic trip range does not change when rating plug is changed. 120 volt, 60 Hz electrical reset type. Rated 120 volts, 60 Hz; undervoltage release is handle reset type. M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
2600D43G11 2600D43G12 2600D43G13 2600D43G14 1264C99G03 2610D64G07 2610D64G08 2610D64G09 2610D64G10 2610D64G13
Frame Size, Amperes 225 225 225 225 225 400 400 400 400
Style Number of Poles Numbers 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 2602D86G11 2602D86G12 2602D86G13 2602D86G14 1264C99G05 2602D99G05 2602D99G06 2602D99G07 2602D99G08 1264C99G02 2603D48G07 2603D48G08 2603D48G09
Frame Size, Amperes 800 800 800 800 800 1200 1200 1200 1200
HLAM
HNBM
1200
Notes Frame modied for left-hand mounting of UVR attachment. Frame modied for right-hand mounting of UVR attachment. Three-pole trip units only are suitable for replacement in 1000 volt mining service circuit breakers. 800 amperes.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-549
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-550 NBM, HNBM, NBMH LAM-600, LAMH-600, HLAM-600 LAM Breaker Type FBM, HFBM Terminal Type
Terminals For Classic Mining Service Breakers Terminals are UL listed for wire type and range listed below. When used with aluminum conductors, use joint compound.
Maximum Amperes 100 50 100 Package of 3 Line Terminals Style Number 624B100G02 624B100G10 624B100G17 Wire Range, Type #141/0 Al/Cu #14#4 Al/Cu # 44/0 Al/Cu
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25
Accessories
Classic Mining Circuit Breakers Rear Connected Studs For complete stud assembly, order a stud and tube based on thickness of customers mounting panel. A short stud must be assembled adjacent to a long stud to maintain
Mounting Panel Thickness In Inches (mm) Stud Length Style Numbers
Rear Connected Studs For Insulated Panels Only: Two Per Pole
clearances required by Underwriters Laboratories. Two studs required per pole. For List Prices, see Eatons Price and Availability Digest.
Tube Length In Inches (mm) Stud Ampere Number Diameter, In Inches (mm) and Thread Extension Back of Breaker In Inches (mm) Stud Style Numbers
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
LAM, HLAM Breakers 225 225 0.50 (12.7)13 0.50 (12.7)13 0.50 (12.7)13 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 3.22 (81.8) 6.28 (159.5) 4.97 (126.2) 5.47 (138.9) 7.97 (202.4) 10.47 (265.9) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1) 1241 345 1241 346 1241 392 05B7383G22 05B7383G23 05B7383G24 314C960G16 314C960G17 314C960G18
Style Numbers
400
KAM, HKAM Breakers 0.75 (19.1)1.00 (25.4) Short Long 0.50 (12.7)0.75 (19.1) Short Long 0.25 (6.4)0.50 (12.7) Short Long 656D565G01 656D565G02 656D565G01 656D565G02 656D565G01 656D565G02 0.84 (21.3) 3.78 (96.0) 1.09 (27.7) 4.03 (102.4) 1.34 (34.0) 4.28 (108.7) 456D983H05 456D983H08 456D983H06 456D983H09 456D983H07 456D983H10 225 400 600
0.75 (19.1)16 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 MAM, HMAM, MAMH Breakers 0.50 (12.7)13 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 600 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 800 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 NBM, HNBM, NBMH Breakers 800 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1200 1.25 (31.8)12 1.25 (31.8)12
3.66 (93.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1) 4.91 (124.7) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1)
314C960G01 314C960G04 314C960G05 314C960G06 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09 314C960G10 314C960G11 314C960G12
5.50 (139.7) 8.00 (203.2) 10.50 (266.7) 5.50 (139.7) 10.50 (266.7)
Notes Not UL Iisted. 400 ampere LA studs of the same length have sufcient clearance; however, customer connections may make it necessary to use a short stud adjacent to a long stud. 150, 300 and 400 ampere frames only. This is a special stud that includes six contact nuts for use where bus contact nuts must be used. For breakers used with terminals and cable connections. Sold in packages of 10.
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-551
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-552 Left-Hand Mounting KAM, HKAM NBM, HNBM, NBMH MAM, HMAM, MAMH
Standard Handle Reset Undervoltage Release For Classic breakers field when voltage drops below mountable on special frames 35 to 70% of coil rating. Picks listed on Page V4-T25-553, up and seals in at 72 to 85% or replacement on breakers of coil rating. For line voltages originally equipped with this up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac. type UVR. Externally mounted resistors are supplied for certain ratings. For undervoltage protection. Standard leads extend 18.00 A solenoid device mounts inches (457.2 mm) outside of within breaker case. Coil breaker. Longer leads may must be energized before be specified. closing breaker. Trips breaker
Breaker Type Right-Hand Mounting LAM, HLAM 120 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac 125 Vdc 120 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac 120 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac 4995D12G11 1228C76G03 4995D12G13 4995D12G14 4995D12G09 5672D69G11 5672D69G13 5672D69G14 4995D11G11 1229C35G03 4995D11G13 4995D11G14 Volts Style Numbers
Shunt Trips For tripping breaker from a remote point. A solenoid device mounts within breaker case. Breaker trips when coil is energized. A cutoff switch breaks the circuit to the momentary rated coil when breaker opens. Available for
Breaker Type Right-Hand Mounting KAM, HKAM 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac LAM, HLAM 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 48 Vdc MAM, HMAM, MAMH 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac NBM, HNBM, NBMH 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac Left-Hand Mounting KAM, HKAM 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac Volts (5060 Hz)
control voltages up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac. Voltage and frequency must be specified. Standard leads extend 18.00 inches (457.2 mm) outside of breaker. Longer leads may be specified.
Style Numbers
2605D15G16 2605D15G17 2605D15G19 2606D56G16 2606D56G17 2606D56G19 2606D56G07 2606D57G16 2606D57G17 2606D57G19 2606D58G16 2606D58G17 2606D58G19
2605D15G02 2605D15G03 2605D15G05 2606D56G02 2606D56G03 2606D56G05 2606D57G02 2606D57G03 2606D57G05 2606D58G02 2606D58G03 2606D58G05
LAM, HLAM
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Reference Information
E2 Cross-Reference
Superseded by E2 Mining E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3200T E2K3225AWU66 E2K3225DWU66 E2K3400GWU66 E2KEM3100W E2KEM3100WU66 E2KEM3125W E2KEM3125WU66 E2KEM3150W E2KEM3150WU66 E2KEM3150MW E2KEM3150MWU66 E2KEM3200W E2KEM3200WU66 E2KEM3225W E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KEM3225MWU66 E2KEM3225TM E2KEM3225WU66 E2LEM3300WU66 E2LEM3350WU66 E2LEM34002WU66 E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LEM3400M2WU66 E2LEM3400MWU66 E2LEM3400WU66 E2F3015 E2F3015WU62 E2F3020 E2F3025 E2F3025U62 E2F3030 E2F3030WU62 E2F3030WU62 E2F3035 Series C Mining FDBM3040 FDBM3045 FDBM3050 FDBM3050U62 FDBM3050WU62 FDBM3060 FDBM3070 FDBM3070WU62 FDBM3080 FDBM3090 FDBM3100 FDBM3100LM04U62 FDBM3125 FDBM3150 FDBM3150L FDM3015 FDM3015L FDM3015LU62 FDM3020 FDM3020LU62 FDM3025 FDM3025L FDM3025LS22 FDM3025LU62 FDM3030 FDM3030LS22 FDM3040 FDM3040L FDM3040LU62 FDM3050 FDM3050LU62 FDM3050U62 FDM3060 FDM3060LU62 FDM3070 FDM3070A02U62 FDM3080 FDM3090 FDM3100 FDM3100LS22 Superseded by E2 Mining E2F3040 E2F3045 E2F3050 E2F3050U62 E2F3050WU62 E2F3060 E2F3070 E2F3070WU62 E2F3080 E2F3090 E2F3100 E2F3100M04U62 E2F3125 E2F3150 E2F3150L E2F3015 E2F3015L E2F3015LU62 E2F3020 E2F3020LU62 E2F3025 E2F3025L E2F3025LS22 E2F3025LU62 E2F3030 E2F3030LS22 E2F3040 E2F3040L E2F3040LU62 E2F3050 E2F3050LU62 E2F3050U62 E2F3060 E2F3060LU62 E2F3070 E2F3070A02U62 E2F3080 E2F3090 E2F3100 E2F3100LS22 Series C Mining 1491D72G31 1491D72G32 1491D72G33 1491D72G37 6622C87G27 6622C87G28 6622C87G32 E2KM3100 E2KM3100U66 E2KM3125 E2KM3125U66 E2KM3150 E2KM3150MU66 E2KM3150TM E2KM3150U66 E2KM3200 E2KM3200U66 E2KM3225 E2KM3225F E2KM3225FUV E2KM3225MU66 E2KM3225TM E2KM3225U66 E2LM3300U66 E2LM3350U66 E2LM34002U66 E2LM3400F E2LM3400FUV E2LM3400M2U66 E2LM3400MU66 E2LM3400U66 FDBM3015 FDBM3015WU62 FDBM3020 FDBM3025 FDBM3025U62 FDBM3030 FDBM3030U62 FDBM3030WU62 FDBM3035
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-553
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-554 Series C Mining FDM3100LU62 FDM3125 FDM3125LU62 FDM3150 HFDM003AM HFDM003AMLU62 HFDM007CM HFDM007CMU62 HFDM015EM HFDM015EMA02 HFDM015EMLU62 HFDM015EMU62 HFDM030HM HFDM030HMLU62 HFDM030HMU62 HFDM050KM HFDM050KML HFDM050KMLU62 HFDM050KMU62 HFDM070MM HFDM070MMU62 HFDM1001M HFDM1001MS22 HFDM100LM HFDM100LMA02 HFDM100LMU62 HFDM 100RM HFDM100RML HFDM100RMS22 HFDM100RMU62 HFDM150TM HFDM150TML HFDM150TMU62 HFDM150UM JCDA2D1S30 JCMA2D1S30 JDCM3070W JDCM3090W JDCM3100W JDCM3125W
E2 Cross-Reference, continued
Superseded by E2 Mining E2FLU62 E2F3125 E2F3125LU62 E2F3150 E2F003AM E2F003AMLU62 E2F007CM E2F007CMU62 E2F015EM E2F015EMA02 E2F015EMLU62 E2F015EMU62 E2F030HM E2F030HMLU62 E2F030HMU62 E2F050KM E2F050KML E2F050KMLU62 E2F050KMU62 E2F070MM E2F070MMU62 E2F1001M E2F1001MS22 E2F100LM E2F100LMA02 E2F100LMU62 E2F100RM E2F100RML E2F100RMS22 E2F100RMU62 E2F150TM E2F150TML E2F150TMU62 E2F150UM E2JM250MDA2D1S30 E2JM250MFA2D1S30 E2JM3070W E2JM3090W E2JM3100W E2JM3125W Series C Mining JDCM3150W JDCM3175W JDCM3200W JDCM3225A5W JDCM3225D5W JDCM3225W JDCM3250A5MW JDCM3250A5MWU18 JDCM3250A5W JDCM3250C5MW JDCM3250D5MW JDCM3250D5MWA06 JDCM3250D5W JDCM3250D5WS10 JDCM3250F JDCM3250F5MD01 JDCM3250F5MW JDCM3250G5MW JDCM3250G5WA02D01 JDCM3250J5MW JDCM3250J5MWA02 JDCM3250J5WA02D01 JDCM3250J5WD01 JDCM3250K5MW JDCM3250L5MW JDCM3250MW JDCM3250W JDCMAA2D1 JDCMDD1S30 JDCMFD01 JDCMGA02D1 JDCMJA2D1 JDCMJD01 JDM2250F JDM3070W JDM3090W JDM3100W JDM3125W JDM3150W JDM3150WU18 Superseded by E2 Mining E2JM3150W E2JM3175W E2JM3200W E2JM3225AW E2JM3225DW E2JM3225W E2JM3250MAW E2JM3250MAWU18 E2JM3250AW E2JM3250MCW E2JM3250MDW E2JM3250MDWA06 E2JM3250DW E2JM3250DWS10 E2JM3250F E2JM3250MFD01 E2JM3250MFW E2JM3250MGW E2JM3250MGA02D01 E2JM3250MJW E2JM3250MJA02 E2JM3250MJA02D01 E2JM3250MJD01 E2JM3250MKW E2JM3250MLW E2JM3250MW E2JM3250W E2JM3250MM02D01 E2JM3250MDS30D01 E2JM3250MFD01 E2JM3250MGA02D01 E2JM3250MJA02D01 E2JM3250MJD01 E2JM3250F E2J3070W E2J3090W E2J3100W E2J3125W E2J3150W E2J3150WU18
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
E2 Cross-Reference, continued
Series C Mining JDM3175W JDM3200W JDM3200WA06 JDM3225A5W JDM3225D5W JDM3225W JDM3250A5MW JDM3250A5W JDM3250C5MW JDM3250D5MW JDM3250D5W JDM3250F JDM3250F5MW JDM3250G5MW JDM3250J5MW JDM3250K5MW JDM3250L5MW JDM3250MW JDM3250W JDM3250WS10 JM2225T1125-2250 JM3070T JM3090T JM3100T JM3125T JM3150T JM3175T JM3200T JM3225T JM3225TA5 JM3225TD5 JM3250T JM3250TA5 JM3250TA5M_350-700 JM3250TC5M JM3250TD5_500-1000 JM3250TF5M_625-1250 JM3250TG5M_750-1500 JM3250TJ5M_875-1750 JM3250TK5M_1000-2000 Superseded by E2 Mining E2J3175W E2J3200W E2J3200WA06 E2J3225AW E2J3225DW E2J3225W E2J3250MAW E2J3250AW E2J3250CW E2J3250MDW E2J3250DW E2J3250F E2J3250MFW E2J3250MGW E2J3250MJW E2J3250MKW E2J3250MLW E2J3250MW E2J3250W E2J3250WS10 E2J3225T E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3125T E2J3150T E2J3175T E2J3200T E2J3225T E2J3225TA E2J3225TD E2J3250T E2J3250TA E2J3250TMA E2J3250TMC E2J3250TMD E2J3250TMF E2J3250TMG E2J3250TMJ E2J3250TMK Series C Mining JM3250TL5M_1125-2250 JM3250TM KDCM3100W KDCM3125W KDCM3150W KDCM3175W KDCM3200W KDCM3225A5MW KDCM3225D5MW KDCM3225W KDCM3250W KDCM3250WU18 KDCM3300W KDCM3350W KDCM3400D5MA02D09H04 KDCM3400D5MW KDCM3400D5MWA02D07 KDCM3400D5W KDCM3400D5WD09 KDCM3400F KDCM3400F5MW KDCM3400FD09G04 KDCM3400G5MW KDCM3400G5MWD09H04 KDCM3400G5W KDCM3400G5WD07 KDCM3400J5MA02D09 KDCM3400J5MA2D9G4S30 KDCM3400J5MD09 KDCM3400J5MD09H04S30 KDCM3400J5MW KDCM3400J5MWA02D07 KDCM3400J5MWA06 KDCM3400J5MWD07S30 KDCM3400J5WD07 KDCM3400K5MW KDCM3400K5MWS10 KDCM3400K5MWU18 KDCM3400L5MW KDCM3400L5MWD09H04 Superseded by E2 Mining E2J3250TML E2J3250TM E2KM3100W E2KM3125W E2KM3150W E2KM3175W E2KM3200W E2KM3200MAW E2KM3200MDW E2KM3225W E2KM3250W E2KM3250WU18 E2KM3300W E2KM3350W E2KM3400MDA02D09H04 E2KM3400MDW E2KM3400MDA02D07 E2KM3400DW E2KM3400DD09 E2KM3400F E2KM3400MFW E2KM3400MFD09G04 E2KM3400MGD09G05 E2KM3400MGD09H04 E2KM3400MGW E2KM3400MGD07 E2KM3400MJA02D09 E2KM3400MJA2D9G4S30 E2KM3400MJD09 E2KM3400MJD09H04S30 E2KM3400MJW E2KM3400MJA02D07 E2KM3400MJWA06 E2KM3400MJD07S30 E2KM3400MJD07 E2KM3400MKW E2KM3400MKWS10 E2KM3400MKWU18 E2KM3400MLW E2KM3400MLD09H04
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-555
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-556 Series C Mining KDCM3400L5MWS10 KDCM3400L5WD07 KDCM3400MW KDCM3400N5MW KDCM3400N5MWA06 KDCM3400N5WA02D07 KDCM3400R5MW KDCM3400W KDCM3400W5MW KDCMDMD07 KDCMNA2D7 KDM2400F KDM2400G5MS50 KDM2400G5MW KDM2400W5MW KDM2400W5MWA06D07S10 KDM2400W5MWA06D10S10 KDM2400W5MWD07 KDM2400W5MWD07S10 KDM2400W5MWD10 KDM2400W5MWD10S10 KDM2400W5MWS10 KDM3100W KDM3125W KDM3150W KDM3150WA06 KDM3175W KDM3200W KDM3225A5W KDM3225D5A13D09U18 KDM3225D5MW KDM3225D5W KDM3225F KDM3225W KDM3225WK37 KDM3225WK37U18 KDM3225WK38 KDM3250W KDM3300W KDM3300WA06U18
E2 Cross-Reference, continued
Superseded by E2 Mining E2KM3400MLWS10 E2KM3400MLD07 E2KM3400MW E2KM3400MNW E2KM3400MNWA06 E2KM3400MNA02D07 E2KM3400MRW E2KM3400W E2KM3400MWW E2KM3400MDD07 E2KM3400MNA02D07 E2K2400F E2K2400MGWS50 E2K2400MGW E2K2400MWW E2K2400MWA06D07S10 E2K2400MWA06D10S10 E2K2400MWD07 E2K2400MWD07S10 E2K2400MWD10 E2K2400MWD10S10 E2K2400MWWS10 E2K3100W E2K3125W E2K3150W E2K3150WA06 E2K3175W E2K3200W E2K3225AW E2K3225DA13D09U18 E2K3400MDW E2K3225DW E2K3400F E2K3225W E2KE3225W E2KE3225WU18 E2KE3225MW E2K3250W E2K3300W E2K3300WA06U18 Series C Mining KDM3300WS10 KDM3350W KDM3400D5MW KDM3400D5W KDM3400D5WU18 KDM3400F KDM3400F5MW KDM3400FK37A06D09D18 KDM3400G5A06D09U18 KDM3400G5A13D09U18 KDM3400G5MW KDM3400G5W KDM3400G5WA06 KDM3400G5WS10 KDM3400G5WU18 KDM3400J5MW KDM3400K5MS54 KDM3400K5MW KDM3400L5MW KDM3400MW KDM3400MWA06U18 KDM3400N5MW KDM3400R5MW KDM3400W KDM3400W5MW KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3150TM KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 KM2225TA5 KM2225TA5M KM2225TD5 KM2225TD5M KM2400TD5 KM2400TD5M Superseded by E2 Mining E2K3300WS10 E2K3350W E2K3400MDW E2K3400DW E2K3400DWU18 E2K3400F E2K3400MFW E2KE3400A06D09D18 E2K3400GA06D09U18 E2K3400GA13D09U18 E2K3400MGW E2K3400GW E2K3400GWS10 E2K3400GWS10 E2K3400GWU18 E2K3400MJW E2K3400MKWS54 E2K3400MKW E2K3400MLW E2K3400MW E2K3400MWA06U18 E2K3400MNW E2K3400MRW E2K3400W E2K3400MWW KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3150TM KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 E2K2225TA E2K2400TMA E2K2225TD E2K2400TMD E2K2400TD E2K2400TMD
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
E2 Cross-Reference, continued
Series C Mining KM2400TG5M KM2400TN5M KM2400TW5M KM3100T KM3125T KM3150T KM3175T KM3200T KM3225T KM3225TA5 KM3225TA5M KM3225TD5 KM3225TD5M KM3250T KM3300T KM3350T KM3400T KM3400TD5 KM3400TF5M KM3400TG5M KM3400TJ5M KM3400TK5M KM3400TL5M KM3400TM KM3400TN5M KM3400TR5M KM3400TW5M LDCM3600EMA05W LDCM3600F LDM3600F Superseded by E2 Mining E2K2400TMG E2K2400TMN E2K2400TMW E2K3100T E2K3125T E2K3150T E2K3175T E2K3200T E2K3225T E2K3225TA E2K3400TMA E2K3225TD E2K3400TMD E2K3250T E2K3300T E2K3350T E2K3400T E2K3400TD E2K3400TMF E2K3400TMG E2K3400TMJ E2K3400TMK E2K3400TML E2K3400TM E2K3400TMN E2K3400TMR E2K3400TMW E2LEM3600MA05W E2LM3600F E2L3600F Series C Mining LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600T LEM3600TM LM3600TL6M LM3600TN6M LM3600TP6M LM3600TR6M LM3600TS6M LM3600TX6M UVE3LP08K UVE4LP08K Superseded by E2 Mining LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600T LEM3600TM E2L3600TML E2L3600TMN E2L3600TMP E2L3600TMR E2L3600TM E2L3600TMX UVE3LP08K UVE4LP08K
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-557
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-558 GFR Relay
Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . . Product Selection Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specications . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T25-504 V4-T25-510 V4-T25-521 V4-T25-544 V4-T25-558 V4-T25-560 V4-T25-560
www.eaton.com
25.5
25 25 25 25 25
Product Selection
Each installation requires:
One relay unit (select trip ampere as required) One current sensor (select conguration required)
One circuit breaker or disconnect device with shunt trip, or a shunt trip attachment for mounting in existing breaker Test panel (optional)
GFR Relay
GFR Relay
Ground Fault Pickup Amperes 112 560 1001200 Catalog Catalog Catalog Number Number Number
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
GFR Relay Types For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control Electrical reset with zone interlocking Electrical reset without zone interlocking Mechanical reset with zone interlocking Mechanical reset without zone interlocking For 120 Vdc Control Electrical reset with zone interlocking Electrical reset without zone interlocking Mechanical reset with zone interlocking Mechanical reset without zone interlocking
Current Sensor
Window Size in Inches (mm) Used with Relays Rated 112 Amperes 5.50 (139.7) I.D. Used with Relays Rated 560 Amperes 2.50 (63.5) I.D. 5.50 (139.7) I.D. 7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect. 3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 760.5) Rect. Used with Relays Rated 1001200 Amperes 2.50 (63.5) I.D. 5.50 (139.7) I.D. 8.25 (209.6). I.D. 7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect. 9.94 x 16.94 (252.5 x 430.3) Rect. 9.94 x 23.94 (252.5 x 608.1) Rect. 15.94 x 19.94 (404.9 x 506.4) Rect. 3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 633.5) Rect. 6.75 x 29.64 (171.5 x 752.9) Rect. Notes Suitable for either surface or semi-ush mounting. One end removable for installation. 179C768G02 1256C13G02 179C767G02 1257C88G03 1257C90G02 1257C91G02 1257C89G02 1257C92G04 1255C39G03 179C768G01 1256C13G01 1257C88G04 1257C92G03 1283C45G01 Catalog Number
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
www.eaton.com
V4-T25-559
25.5
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
V4-T25-560
Accessories
Options Additional optional equipment can be added to the protection system to meet the requirements of the specifying engineer, including:
Ground fault test panel Ground fault warning indicator relay Ground fault indicating ammeter
Indicating Ammeter The optional indicating ammeter connects to the sensor terminals through a momentary contact pushbutton, and will indicate (in amperes) any ground fault current flowing through the sensor. Kit includes the ammeter and pushbutton.
Note: Not UL listed.
Sensor
Ground fault detection ranges: 1 to 12, 5 to 60 or 100 to 1200 amperes Output contacts: 240 volt, 50/60 Hz: 3.0 amperes 120 volt, 50/60 Hz: 6.0 amperes 28 Vdc: 3.0 amperes 125 Vdc: 0.5 amperes Control power requirements: 120 volt, 50/60 Hz or 125 Vdc (optional)
GFR relays are available with zone selective interlocking circuitry to interlock several relays within the same system. This allows the relay which detects a ground fault to instantly clear the fault by tripping the disconnect device. The relay simultaneously sends a signal to relay units upstream from the fault to time delay or to block their operation completely. Current sensors in various designs provide a range of window sizes to accommodate standard bus and cable arrangements. Shunt trip attachments may be ordered for field mounting in Eatons molded case circuit breakers, or may be ordered factory installed in the breaker.
Ammeter Kit
GFR System Used with 112 ampere 560 ampere 1001200 ampere Kit Catalog Number 752B820G01 752B820G02 752B820G03
Ground Fault Warning Indicator This is an accessory item for use with GFR relays with interlocking circuitry. At approximately 3050% of the relay pickup setting, the indicator switches separate 120 Vac control power to a lamp or relay, (not included) to give an indication of a ground fault. The indicator is rated 110/120 Vac 50/60 Hz for a maximum indicator load of 0.5 amperes. Ground Fault Warning Indicator
Description Manual reset Self-resetting Catalog Number 1234C67G01 1234C67G02
Shunt Trip Attachments Use 120 Vac shunt trips. Faceplate Recommended when these relays are semi-flush mounted, to close the door cutout opening. Face Plate
Description Faceplate Catalog Number 752B410G01
www.eaton.com